Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Industrial - Distribution / Toromont Industries

Toromont Industries

tih · TSX Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker tih
Exchange TSX
Sector Communication Services
Industry Industrial - Distribution
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Toromont Industries
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Toromont Industries Ltd.

Annual Report 2021

Equipped for today  
and tomorrow

Toromont Industries Ltd. employs 6,400 empowered people across seven business 
units and more than 160 locations. We are joined in a common purpose: to create value 
through the provision of specialized brand-name equipment and lifecycle product 
support. We are united as one Toromont team by the business model, corporate values 
and core strategies that fuel our performance.

Multiple Growth Platforms

Toromont Cat 
Toromont is one of the largest Caterpillar 
dealers in the world with 46 branches across 
seven provinces and one territory. Through 
Toromont Cat, we serve the specialized 
heavy equipment, power generation, heavy 
rent, used equipment and product support 
needs of thousands of public infrastructure, 
construction, demolition, paving, mining, 
aggregate, waste management, agriculture, 
forestry, trucking, shipping, transit and data 
centre customers.

AgWest Ltd. 
From six facilities, AgWest serves the  
year-round equipment and product support 
needs of Manitoba’s agriculture industry 
as an official dealer of AGCO and CLAAS, 
two trusted brands for crop and livestock 
applications.

Battlefield Equipment Rentals –  
The Cat Rental Store  
From 70 stores in our Cat dealer territories, 
supported by a rapid equipment delivery-
to-site system, Battlefield Equipment 
Rentals addresses the full rental service, 
purchase and product support needs of 
contractors, specialty trades and do-it-
yourself customers with brand-name 
machines, tools and supplies. 

CIMCO Refrigeration  
CIMCO serves the North American 
food, dairy, cold storage, beverage, 
pharmaceutical, automotive, chemical, 
petrochemical, mining and recreational 
ice rink markets as a leading supplier 
of refrigeration equipment and product 
support services.

Toromont Material Handling  
From 15 locations across eastern Canada, 
Toromont Material Handling serves 
ports and terminals, paper producers, 
automotive parts manufacturers, beverage 
companies, hardware retailers and 
government agencies by selling, renting 
and supporting brand name lift trucks, 
container handlers, industrial batteries, 
chargers and racking systems. 

SITECH Mid-Canada Ltd.
We specialize in providing machine control, 
site positioning and asset management 
technologies as well as professional support 
services as a Trimble and Cat AccuGrade® 
dealer across eastern Canada.

Jobsite Industrial Rental Services  
Across eight locations, Jobsite Industrial 
Rental Services meets the specialized tool 
crib rental equipment needs of contractors 
working in refinery industries, healthcare, 
automotive, steel and pulp and paper. 

Fellow Shareholders:

In 2021, as waves of the coronavirus passed over our markets, 
Toromont stood its ground. Relying on lessons learned from year  
one of the pandemic and in alignment with core operating disciplines, 
we responded to business- and market-altering conditions with a 
clear sense of purpose and an unwavering focus on protecting the 
health, safety and livelihoods of our employees and customers.  
The annual result was favourable; the longer-run implications of the 
year’s advancements are encouraging; the impact COVID-19, supply-
chain disruptions and macro-economic factors such as interest rates 
and inflation will have in 2022 is unknown.

For the year, Toromont earned $4.00 per diluted share, a 29% 

improvement over 2020 on revenue of $3.9 billion, 12% higher 

than the prior year. 

Context is important. At the outset of the pandemic, customers 

displayed caution in committing to capital purchases. Provincial 

lockdowns through the spring of 2020 took a toll on equipment 

utilization and site access. Late in 2020 and through the early 

part of 2021 as local pandemic restrictions ebbed and flowed, 

equipment demand picked up as business confidence returned. 

In some cases, customers placed large orders for multi-year 

delivery. The popularity of rent with a purchase option declined 

in favour of outright buying. Rental activity snapped back. 

Product support grew on higher machine utilization and more 

open access to customer sites. However, progression was not of 

a straight-line variety. Neither was the path taken by COVID-19 

and its Delta and Omicron variants.

In the fourth quarter of 2021, the journey to recovery took yet 

another turn. Global logistics bottlenecks and component 

shortages disrupted supply chains, somewhat inflating year-

end order backlogs. Supply shortages led to a rise in the costs 

of some components. Toromont’s countermeasures included 

Scott J. Medhurst 

President and Chief Executive Officer 

Richard G. Roy

Chair of the Board 

1

Annual Report 20212021 Revenues

New & used equipment – 45%

Refrigeration equipment – 5%

Rentals – 10%

Product support – 40%

Dividends per Share

5 year CAGR = 13.6%

$1.36

$1.24

$1.08

$0.92

$0.76

2021 Revenues
Return on Opening 
Shareholders’ Equity
%

22.3

21.4

19.3

19.6

16.6

New & used equipment – 45%

’17

’18

’19

’20

’21

’17

Refrigeration equipment – 5%
’20

’19
Rentals – 10%

’21

’18

Dividends per Share
Cumulative Value of 
$100 Invested
5 year CAGR = 13.6%
(Assuming Reinvestment of Dividends)

$1.36
$292.03

$1.24

$1.08

$0.92

$0.76

$195.36

Return on Opening 
Shareholders’ Equity
%

22.3

21.4

19.3

19.6

16.6

Cumulative Value of 

$100 Invested

(Assuming Reinvestment of Dividends)

$292.03

$195.36

’16

’17

’17

’18

’18

’19 ’20 ’21
’19
’20

’21

’17

’18

’19

’20

’21

’16

’17

’18

’19 ’20 ’21

Product support – 40%

TIH

TSX

TIH

TSX

advanced purchasing of long-lead items, proactive factory 

February 2022 meeting, our Board of Directors made it 

demand planning, as well as sourcing used equipment to 

33 years by increasing the dividend, effective with the April 

augment customer fleets and remanufacturing components 

2022 payment, by 4 cents to $0.39 per share per quarter or 

to extend machine life. 

$1.56 annualized. With this latest declaration, Toromont will 

The strength of our balance sheet and willingness to deploy 

have paid dividends for 54 uninterrupted years.

it made a difference. Net reinvestment in rental fleets, 

A strong balance sheet allowed Toromont to introduce a 

branches and other capital assets amounted to $136 million 

Normal Course Issuer Bid in September 2021. Under this bid, 

– $67 million (97%) higher than in 2020. Toromont ended 

the company purchased and cancelled 470,600 common 

2021 with $917 million of cash on hand, over $470 million of 

shares. At an average price paid of $106.25 per share, 

available credit on existing lines, and leverage, represented by 

including transaction costs, this represented an investment  

net debt to total capitalization ratio of minus 16%, compared 

of $50.0 million. 

to 3% at December 2020, and 40% at December 2017, the 

year we made the largest acquisition in our history. Our 

financial position bodes well for ongoing investments and 

provides stability in a volatile environment where industry-

wide supply chain challenges and cost inflation have yet to 

normalize and may not for some time.

Shareholder Value
Capital deployment in the year was efficient. Return on 

Lessons Learned
Responding to the pandemic taught us valuable lessons but 

also reinforced the importance of adhering to our long-term 

operating disciplines. In a year of significant and unpredictable 

change, Toromont’s decentralized management approach was 

a decisive factor in allowing a quick and focused response. 

With local empowerment, our branches adjusted well to 

shifting customer priorities. Adapting to the year’s unique 

opening shareholders’ equity was 19.6% compared to 

challenges strengthened our team and allowed Toromont 

Toromont’s long-term goal of 18% after-tax over a business 

leaders to gain valuable experience. 

cycle. Pre-tax return on capital employed was 26.6% 

compared to 20.4% at year-end 2020.

Health and safety are the most critical components of our 

operating disciplines. Here, the pandemic taught us that it is 

In July 2021, Toromont increased the quarterly dividend  

possible to function effectively even while adding necessary 

by 12.9%, the 32nd consecutive year of increases. At its  

layers to safety protocols. With the evolving threat posed by 

different variants, our Critical Incident Executive Response 

2

Toromont Industries Ltd.2021 Revenues

2021 Revenues

Dividends per Share
5 year CAGR = 13.6%

Dividends per Share
5 year CAGR = 13.6%

Return on Opening 
Return on Opening 
Shareholders’ Equity
Shareholders’ Equity
%
%

Cumulative Value of 

Cumulative Value of 

$100 Invested

$100 Invested

(Assuming Reinvestment of Dividends)

(Assuming Reinvestment of Dividends)

$1.36

$1.36

$1.24

$1.24

$1.08

$1.08

$0.92

$0.92

$0.76

$0.76

22.3

22.3

21.4

21.4

19.3

19.3

19.6

19.6

16.6

16.6

$292.03

$292.03

$195.36

$195.36

New & used equipment – 45%

New & used equipment – 45%

Refrigeration equipment – 5%

Refrigeration equipment – 5%

Rentals – 10%

Rentals – 10%

Product support – 40%

Product support – 40%

’17

’17

’18

’18

’19

’19

’20

’20

’21

’21

’17

’17

’18

’18

’19

’19

’20

’20

’21

’21

’16

’16

’17

’17

’18

’18

’19 ’20 ’21

’19 ’20 ’21

TIH

TIH

TSX

TSX

team provided real-time guidance to our operations. Ongoing 

Putting TDMS in the hands of the operators in our acquired 

vigilance meant Toromont branches and facilities stayed safe 

territories was a key deliverable in Toromont’s business 

and open for employees and customers. 

integration plan and culminated with the onboarding of Toromont 

Focus on traditional safety fundamentals – including  

hazard identification, proper use of PPE (personal protective 

equipment), daily safety talks and branch safety audits – 

continued. Even here, lessons learned over the past year were 

valuable. In particular, the use of virtual inspections enabled 

our safety specialists to cover more territory, faster and will 

remain in our toolkit beyond COVID-19. 

Virtual training (for customers and employees), online product 

demonstrations and roadshows, podcasts, social media 

advertising, interactive webinars and touchless purchasing 

and service demonstrated the importance of technology in 

overcoming pandemic restrictions. What we learned in each 

area will make Toromont more effective in the future.

Technology Integration:  
Speaking the Same Language
A cultural turning point was reached in 2021, as all Toromont 

Cat facilities operated with the Toromont Dealer Management 

System (“TDMS”). TDMS is an enabler of decentralization that 

brings real-time visibility to branch, department and product 

performance including indicators such as orders, inventory, 

work in process, accounts receivable and working capital. It 

is purpose built for management empowerment in our heavy 

equipment sales and service business. 

Material Handling’s Ontario operations in November. (Battlefield 

Equipment Rentals achieved technology integration in 2019.) 

Now that we speak the same language using standardized data 

sets, our teams can more readily benchmark to spot variances 

and take targeted actions to improve performance. The stage is 

set to unlock more value over time through rigorously applied 

operating disciplines aided by TDMS.

Data Science in the Driver’s Seat
Increasingly, competition for business will be fought with digital 

tools and artificial intelligence. Accordingly, Toromont operates 

with digital strategy goals that include increasing customer 

service, growing sales and market reach, improving efficiencies 

and using data predictively to plan and align resources. More 

than 150 skilled professionals, including an analytics and data 

science team, lead our concerted efforts. 

Connectivity is a foundational component of our approach. In 

2021, Toromont Cat established over 5,000 new equipment 

asset connections, including new deliveries and retrofits. What 

we do for customers with the resulting data is critical. Simply 

put, we must use the insights we capture wisely to add value  

to our offerings. 

3

Annual Report 20212 new 
stores

Battlefield is  
expanding

Ecommerce capabilities continued to advance with 

as part of actions the customer is taking to reduce its carbon 

functionality upgrades and pilot programs such as Toromont 

dioxide emissions by 50%. 

Equip and Toromont Connect. At full flight, Toromont Equip 

will put all Equipment Group operations on the same end-to-

end ecommerce process. In 2021, the site focused on used 

and restored inventory. Toromont Connect is designed to be 

our primary portal to engage with customers across many 

aspects of our business. 

Strategies to Action: Operating Highlights
Applying Toromont’s core strategies – expand markets, 

strengthen product support, broaden service offerings, invest 

in resources and maintain a strong financial position – led to 

profitable growth in 2021 and better positioning for the future.

Organizational changes made at the beginning of 2021 brought 

together product support, heavy rents, used equipment and 

remanufacturing operations for better strategic coordination of 

these go-to-market services and product solutions. Utilization 

of heavy rental equipment was the highest in our history. A 

rental inventory review at midyear led to an enhanced product 

mix. Used equipment sales were strong, although trade-ins, a 

traditional source of supply, were lower.

Toromont Cat added dedicated branch managers in Val-d’Or 

and Chicoutimi, Québec to enhance asset management and 

sales and product support coverage in those resource-intensive 

Toromont Cat construction, mining, power systems and 

markets. Product support improved as the year progressed on 

remanufacturing operations were more active in 2021 than in 

higher machine utilization. With greater focus on promoting 

2020. Construction and mining customers placed fleet orders to 

the value of Customer Value Agreements (“CVAs”), two 

prepare for work now and in the future. Several mines will open 

Québec-based construction customers attached CVAs to their 

in our territories in the next few years utilizing Cat production 

fleet purchases. Measures taken to improve remanufacturing 

equipment and beforehand, earthmoving machines are on task 

effectiveness included automated powertrain testing, redesign 

for road and infrastructure construction. 

of a cylinder head workstream and centralized tool lockers.

Toromont continues to gain competitive advantage from 

Battlefield Equipment Rentals was busy helping customers 

Caterpillar’s leadership in important areas such as autonomous 

across our territories with every-day projects including road 

vehicle technology, as well as battery electric systems that 

building, bridge repair, factory maintenance and landscaping, 

contribute to our customers’ low carbon emissions goals. 

augmented by special public transit construction projects in 

Power Systems was selected to supply new equipment to the 

Montréal, Toronto and Ottawa. Two new Ontario stores opened 

Combined Heat and Power plant at Hamilton Health Sciences 

in 2021 to serve Collingwood and Mississauga. Sales of Cat 

4

Toromont Industries Ltd.Toromont provides 
specialized 
equipment for 
civil infrastructure 
projects and  
road building  
on customer  
mine sites.

Compact Construction Equipment (CCE) exceeded  

the offering eliminates the risk of obsolescence and reduces 

the record set in 2020, and all units were covered with  

capital requirements.

CVAs for maintenance. 

Toromont Material Handling (“TMH”) found success in 

Efforts to grow our Québec customer base continued with a 

growing and improving its rental business, a key opportunity 

focus on small to medium-sized landscape, mechanical and 

area. Larger units (up to 72,000 pounds) were added to the 

electrical contractors. Rental fleet mix expanded to include 

rental fleet, low utilization units were sold and customer enquiry 

additional light compaction, and concrete construction-related 

management processes were enhanced. Product support 

equipment used by these customer segments. Returning 

activities gradually recovered and TMH gained advantage 

equipment to ready status following rental improved against the 

by adopting an Eastern Canada-wide structure for service 

goal of having no more than 7% of the rental fleet in repair at any 

operations. Used equipment strategies were applied including 

time. Faster turnaround means more optimal asset utilization. 

value selling, increased promotion and work order cost controls. 

Battlefield Equipment Rentals piloted scheduling technology to 

better manage in-shop repairs. An integrated account payment 

option was added to our customer-focused web and mobile 

technology known as InsideTRAC. In 2022, third-party carriers 

The late-year adoption of TDMS in Ontario required an all-

hands-on-deck approach that resulted in a smooth transition  

for customer-facing activities and will provide greater visibility  

to KPIs across TMH’s operations.

delivering our rental machines will use this app, creating a 

AgWest grew market shares for both CLAAS and AGCO 

consistent customer experience. 

brands, a key accomplishment that expands its future product 

Jobsite Industrial Rental Services outgrew its shared (with 

support opportunity. 

Battlefield Equipment Rentals) Sarnia location and opened a 

CIMCO continued to realize competitive advantage by 

standalone facility to service local refineries. Multi-month provision 

providing natural refrigerants and energy-efficient packages. 

of specialized tool cribs and rental services for plant turnarounds 

What began with the introduction of ECO CHILL® heat recovery 

and maintenance shutdowns added to Jobsite’s results. 

systems for ice rinks in 2004 has evolved into a Net Zero 

SITECH launched TPaaS, a software as a service that enables 

customers to subscribe to Trimble machine control systems and 

automatically receive new technology releases. For customers, 

Naturally line-up of refrigeration equipment for all markets –  

so named to reflect CIMCO’s ability to help customers achieve 

their net zero goals by eliminating climate-polluting synthetic 

refrigerants and achieving optimal energy performance. 

5

Annual Report 202172,000
pound  
capacity

TMH is growing  
its rental fleet

Natural carbon dioxide (CO2) refrigeration systems for 
industrial applications grew in popularity in 2021. The year’s 
bookings included CO2 projects for food, seafood, cold storage 
and distribution facilities, as well as a large natural refrigerant 

(ammonia) system for a plant-based consumer brand. 

Markham District Energy ordered a CIMCO ammonia heat 

pump that is nearly four times more energy efficient than a 

gas boiler and will remove tonnes of greenhouse gases in the 

process of heating over 8,500 residents and offices.

Sustainability Matters

Like Toromont, customers, shareholders, our employees and 

partners also care about Toromont’s Environmental, Social and 

Governance (“ESG”) practices.

In recognition of the importance of sustainability at all levels 

of our company as well as our desire to provide additional 

information on our ESG framework, strategies and outcomes, 

we produce an annual Sustainability Report. Our focus on 

sustainability remains unwavering and we are pleased to highlight 

Although pandemic conditions dragged on in recreational 

some of our important focus areas. As this year’s report notes, 

markets, positioning for the future continued. The Federation 

we view sustainability as a journey and work to continuously 

of Canadian Municipalities named CIMCO an official Net Zero 

improve our approach to drive stakeholder returns and value. We 

Solutions provider, a welcome endorsement as most ice rinks 

believe this aligns well with the anticipated introduction of ESG 

in Canada are municipally owned. CIMCO also secured its 

reporting standards that will provide a reporting framework that 

place on the Sourcewell ecommerce buying platform used by 

is transparent and comparable.

municipalities in their tendering processes. 

Safety: Every year, Toromont invests heavily to build and 

Sales, engineering, project management and service 

maintain a safety-first culture and we are succeeding. In 2021, 

operations were clustered together in Lancaster, Pennsylvania 

over 80% of our facilities achieved a Total Recordable Injury 

and Raleigh, North Carolina for more effective U.S. market 

Rate (“TRIR”) of zero. Over the past five years, TRIR declined 

coverage, with positive results.

In the first half of 2022, CIMCO’s first Western Canadian 

packaging and assembly facility will open in Edmonton, 

Alberta followed by CIMCO’s new main manufacturing plant in 

Burlington, Ontario. Mass standardization of components is an 

ongoing goal that will support manufacturing efficiency.

by 36% and we noted a 50% reduction in lost workdays 

over the same period. While the trends are moving in the 

right direction, continuous improvement is a must for us to 

reach our zero-harm goal. To ensure this remains a strategic 

imperative, we continue to tie the variable compensation  

of our employees and in particular our senior leaders to 

safety outcomes.

6

Toromont Industries Ltd.CIMCO’s powerful, 
energy-efficient 
refrigeration 
packages help 
customers 
meet their 
sustainability 
objectives.

Recruitment and Retention: Toromont needs to add 

However, we believe our greatest contribution to environmental 

skilled people to our team, particularly technicians who are 

sustainability is through the provision of products, services 

in short supply, to maintain and grow the business. We use 

and technologies that help our customers achieve their goals 

a variety of recruitment strategies that take us deep into 

for low carbon emissions and resource conservation. We are 

our territories and beyond, promote technical careers with 

proud to work with Caterpillar to introduce battery electric and 

students, offer apprenticeships and create ongoing career 

autonomous vehicles in our markets. Expertly reconditioning 

development opportunities. We are pleased to note that 

used equipment components, rather than scrapping them, is 

2021 was a record year for technician recruitment and we 

another area of contribution. Under the purview of Toromont 

increased our technician apprenticeship positions by 31% from 

remanufacturing, we rebuilt 90 machines and almost 4,400 

2020. Retaining our skilled workforce is equally critical and 

components for customers in 2021. CIMCO Refrigeration also 

here again we are making headway. Despite retirements, our 

did its part. This past year, CIMCO eliminated the manufacture 

average workforce tenure is greater than 10 years.

of ice rink packages that use high Global Warming Potential 

Equity, Diversity and Inclusion (“EDI”): Toromont’s Code of 

Conduct, Employment Equity as well as Board and Leadership  

Diversity policies recognize the benefits of EDI and we follow 

through with actions that are aligned. Leading by example is 

important which is why women comprise 30% of our Board of 

Directors and 31% of our senior management team. Moreover, 

persons with disabilities and visible minorities represented 

refrigerants, which puts our business at the leading edge of 

the refrigeration industry’s efforts to align with the Montréal 

Protocol. With CIMCO’s new Pathway to Net Zero program 

introduced in 2021, we help customers identify and implement 

opportunities to apply measures to eliminate refrigerant 

emissions, optimize energy consumption and harness green 

power including district energy sources.

15% and 8% of our senior management team, respectively. 

Special Thanks to James Gill

We are also committed to our partnerships with Indigenous 

This spring will mark the retirement of Dr. James Gill from our 

communities and businesses, which are described in our 

Board of Directors as he has reached the age for retiring under 

Sustainability Report.

Response to Climate Change: Under Toromont’s 

Environmental Management program, Toromont seeks 

to continually improve its conservation of resources and 

responsibly manage our environmental footprint as we grow. 

our Board policy. Jim served with distinction for the past six 

years, generously sharing his sage advice, extensive knowledge, 

sound business philosophies and business acumen along with 

his Canadian Hall of Fame Mining expertise through general 

Board deliberations and as a member of two Board committees. 

7

Annual Report 202136%

Decrease in Total Recordable 
Injury Rate over last 5 years

50%

Reduction in lost work days 
over last 5 years

His leadership was beneficial to all Toromont businesses. We 

investments complemented by several acquisitions. Their 

sincerely thank him for his dedication to helping build the 

legacies and the operating disciplines they embedded will be felt 

Toromont business of today.

Special Thanks to Wayne Hill and Robert Ogilvie 

This spring will also mark the retirement of Wayne Hill as a 

Director. Wayne joined our Board in 1988 but his contributions 

for years to come. Our entire organization wishes Robert and 

Wayne well in their retirement years and thanks them for their 

significant contributions to Toromont’s success and steadfast 

commitment to our employees, customers and shareholders. 

to our business run far deeper. He held the position of Toromont 

Equipped for Today and Tomorrow

Chief Financial Officer from 1985 to 2005 and from 2006 to 

No doubt, 2022 will bring new opportunities but also new 

2008, he was Toromont’s Executive Vice President. Along 

challenges as COVID-19 follows an unpredictable path and as 

with our past Chairman Robert Ogilvie, Mr. Hill created the 

factors such as supply chain disruptions and macro-economic 

Toromont business model that we rely on today and through his 

factors add operating complexities. However, we do feel that 

professional stewardship, played a leading role in organizational 

Toromont is equipped to perform. Our products and services 

growth, continuous improvement and the pursuit of business 

are essential in our markets. Our people are capable problem 

excellence. His contributions to our long-term financial success 

solvers dedicated to customer success. Our technologies and 

cannot be understated. 

It’s true that a company this size is bigger than any one person 

but it’s also true that Toromont owes much to Robert Ogilvie. 

those of our partners are enabling a more efficient, productive 

and cleaner future. Our balance sheet is strong. We pledge to 

use these advantages today and tomorrow.

Mr. Ogilvie retired in July 2021 after leading Toromont for 36 

We are grateful to the people of Toromont for meeting the 

years, 34 years as Chair and the first 20 as Chief Executive 

pandemic’s business and market-altering realities. We thank our 

Officer. During his impressive career, Robert not only forged 

customers for allowing Toromont to serve you while challenging 

many of the operating disciplines that serve us so well today, 

us to do even better, and our shareholders for your support.

he was also an incredible leader and visionary. More than this, 

he taught generations of Toromont leaders the finer points of 

Yours sincerely,

business as a mentor. We are better because of his guidance. 

Richard G. Roy  

Working together, Robert and Wayne devoted their distinguished 

Chair of the Board  

careers to building a market-leading business through strategic 

Scott J. Medhurst  

President and Chief  

Executive Officer 

8

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
Financial  
Report

10  Management’s Discussion and Analysis

47  Management’s Report to the Shareholders

48 

52 

Independent Auditor’s Report

Consolidated Financial Statements 

57  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

95 

96 

Five-Year Financial Review

Corporate Information 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis  

This  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  (“MD&A”)  comments  on 
the  operations, 
performance and financial condition of Toromont Industries Ltd. (“Toromont” or the “Company”) 
as at and for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the preceding year. This MD&A 
should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes 
for the year ended December 31, 2021.  

The consolidated financial statements reported herein have been prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and are reported in Canadian dollars. The 
information in this MD&A is current to February 9, 2022.  

Advisory  

Information in this MD&A that is not a historical fact is "forward-looking information". Words such 
as "plans", "intends", "outlook", "expects", "anticipates", "estimates", "believes", "likely", "should", 
"could",  "will",  "may"  and  similar  expressions  are  intended  to  identify  statements  containing 
forward-looking information. Forward-looking information in this MD&A reflects current estimates, 
beliefs, and assumptions, which are based on Toromont’s perception of historical trends, current 
conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors management believes are 
appropriate in the circumstances. Toromont’s estimates, beliefs and assumptions are inherently 
subject to significant business, economic, competitive and other uncertainties and contingencies 
regarding future events and as such, are subject to change. Toromont can give no assurance that 
such  estimates,  beliefs  and  assumptions  will  prove  to  be  correct.  This  MD&A  also  contains 
forward-looking statements about the recently acquired businesses.  

Numerous  risks  and  uncertainties  could  cause  the  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  the 
estimates,  beliefs  and  assumptions  expressed  or  implied  in  the  forward-looking  statements, 
including,  but  not  limited  to:  business  cycles,  including  general  economic  conditions  in  the 
countries in which Toromont operates; commodity price changes, including changes in the price 
of  precious  and  base  metals;  potential  risks  and  uncertainties  relating  to  the  novel  COVID-19 
global pandemic, including an economic downturn, reduction or disruption in supply or demand 
for our products and services, or adverse impacts on our workforce, capital resources, or share 
trading  price  or  liquidity;  increased  regulation  of  or  restrictions  placed  on  our  businesses  as  a 
result of COVID-19; changes in foreign exchange rates, including the Cdn$/US$ exchange rate; 
the termination of distribution or original equipment manufacturer agreements; equipment product 
acceptance  and  availability  of  supply;  increased  competition;  credit  of  third  parties;  additional 
costs  associated  with  warranties  and  maintenance  contracts;  changes  in  interest  rates;  the 
availability  of  financing;  potential  environmental  liabilities  and  changes  to  environmental 
regulation; information technology failures, including data or cyber security breaches; failure to 
attract  and  retain key  employees;  damage to the  reputation  of  Caterpillar,  product  quality  and 
product  safety  risks  which  could  expose  Toromont  to  product  liability  claims  and  negative 
publicity; new, or changes to current, federal and provincial laws, rules and regulations including 
changes in infrastructure spending; any requirement to make contributions to registered defined 
benefit pension plans or postemployment benefit plans in excess of those currently contemplated; 
and increased insurance premiums. Readers are cautioned that the foregoing list of factors is not 
exhaustive. 

Any of the above mentioned risks and uncertainties could cause or contribute to actual results 
that  are materially  different from  those expressed or  implied  in the forward-looking  information 
and statements included in this MD&A. For a further description of certain risks and uncertainties 

1 

10

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis  

This  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  (“MD&A”)  comments  on 

the  operations, 

performance and financial condition of Toromont Industries Ltd. (“Toromont” or the “Company”) 

as at and for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the preceding year. This MD&A 

should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes 

for the year ended December 31, 2021.  

The consolidated financial statements reported herein have been prepared in accordance with 

International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and are reported in Canadian dollars. The 

information in this MD&A is current to February 9, 2022.  

Advisory  

Information in this MD&A that is not a historical fact is "forward-looking information". Words such 

as "plans", "intends", "outlook", "expects", "anticipates", "estimates", "believes", "likely", "should", 

"could",  "will",  "may"  and  similar  expressions  are  intended  to  identify  statements  containing 

forward-looking information. Forward-looking information in this MD&A reflects current estimates, 

beliefs, and assumptions, which are based on Toromont’s perception of historical trends, current 

conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors management believes are 

appropriate in the circumstances. Toromont’s estimates, beliefs and assumptions are inherently 

subject to significant business, economic, competitive and other uncertainties and contingencies 

regarding future events and as such, are subject to change. Toromont can give no assurance that 

such  estimates,  beliefs  and  assumptions  will  prove  to  be  correct.  This  MD&A  also  contains 

forward-looking statements about the recently acquired businesses.  

Numerous  risks  and  uncertainties  could  cause  the  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  the 

estimates,  beliefs  and  assumptions  expressed  or  implied  in  the  forward-looking  statements, 

including,  but  not  limited  to:  business  cycles,  including  general  economic  conditions  in  the 

countries in which Toromont operates; commodity price changes, including changes in the price 

of  precious  and  base  metals;  potential  risks  and  uncertainties  relating  to  the  novel  COVID-19 

global pandemic, including an economic downturn, reduction or disruption in supply or demand 

for our products and services, or adverse impacts on our workforce, capital resources, or share 

trading  price  or  liquidity;  increased  regulation  of  or  restrictions  placed  on  our  businesses  as  a 

result of COVID-19; changes in foreign exchange rates, including the Cdn$/US$ exchange rate; 

the termination of distribution or original equipment manufacturer agreements; equipment product 

acceptance  and  availability  of  supply;  increased  competition;  credit  of  third  parties;  additional 

costs  associated  with  warranties  and  maintenance  contracts;  changes  in  interest  rates;  the 

availability  of  financing;  potential  environmental  liabilities  and  changes  to  environmental 

regulation; information technology failures, including data or cyber security breaches; failure to 

attract  and  retain  key  employees;  damage to the  reputation  of  Caterpillar,  product  quality  and 

product  safety  risks  which  could  expose  Toromont  to  product  liability  claims  and  negative 

publicity; new, or changes to current, federal and provincial laws, rules and regulations including 

changes in infrastructure spending; any requirement to make contributions to registered defined 

benefit pension plans or postemployment benefit plans in excess of those currently contemplated; 

and increased insurance premiums. Readers are cautioned that the foregoing list of factors is not 

exhaustive. 

1 

and other factors that could cause or contribute to actual results that are materially different, see 
the risks and uncertainties set out in the "Risks and Risk Management" and "Outlook" sections 
herein. Other factors, risks and uncertainties not presently known to Toromont or that Toromont 
currently believes are not material could also cause actual results or events to differ materially 
from those expressed or implied by statements containing forward-looking information.  

Readers  are  cautioned  not  to  place  undue  reliance  on  statements  containing  forward-looking 
information, which reflect Toromont’s expectations only as of the date of this MD&A, and not to 
use  such  information  for  anything  other  than  their  intended  purpose.  Toromont  disclaims  any 
obligation  to  update  or  revise  any  forward-looking  information,  whether  as  a  result  of  new 
information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.  

CORPORATE PROFILE AND BUSINESS SEGMENTATION 

As  at  December  31,  2021,  Toromont  employed  over  6,400  people  in  more than  160  locations 
across Canada and the United States. Toromont is listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange under 
the symbol TIH.  

Toromont has two reportable operating segments: the Equipment Group and CIMCO.  

The Equipment Group includes Toromont CAT, one of the world’s larger Caterpillar dealerships, 
Battlefield  –  The  CAT  Rental  Store,  an  industry-leading  rental  operation,  SITECH,  providing 
Trimble  technology  products  and  services,  Toromont  Material  Handling,  representing  MCFA, 
Kalmar and other manufacturers’ products, and AgWest, an agricultural equipment and solutions 
dealer  representing  AGCO,  CLAAS  and  other  manufacturers’  products.  The  Company  is  the 
exclusive  Caterpillar  dealer  for  a  contiguous  geographical  territory  in  Canada  that  covers 
Manitoba, Ontario, Quebec, Newfoundland, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Prince Edward Island 
and  most  of  Nunavut.  Additionally,  the  Company  is  the  MaK  engine  dealer  for  the  Eastern 
Seaboard of the United States, from Maine to Virginia. Performance in the Equipment Group is 
driven  by  activity  in  several  industries:  road  building  and  other  infrastructure-related  activities; 
mining;  residential  and  commercial  construction;  power  generation;  aggregates;  waste 
management;  steel;  forestry;  and  agriculture.  Significant  activities  include  the  sale,  rental  and 
service of mobile equipment for Caterpillar and other manufacturers; sale, rental and service of 
engines  used  in  a  variety  of  applications  including  industrial,  commercial,  marine,  on-highway 
trucks and power generation; and sale of complementary and related products, parts and service.  

CIMCO  is  a  market  leader  in  the  design,  engineering,  fabrication,  installation  and  after-sale 
support  of  refrigeration  systems  in  industrial  and  recreational  markets.  Results  of  CIMCO  are 
influenced by conditions in the primary market segments served: beverage and food processing; 
cold storage; food distribution; mining; and recreational ice rinks. CIMCO offers systems designed 
to  optimize  energy  usage  through  proprietary  products  such  as  ECO  CHILL®.  CIMCO  has 
manufacturing  facilities  in  Canada  and  the  United  States  and  sells  its  products  and  services 
globally. 

PRIMARY OBJECTIVE AND MAJOR STRATEGIES  

Any of the above mentioned risks and uncertainties could cause or contribute to actual results 

that  are materially  different from  those expressed or  implied  in the forward-looking  information 

and statements included in this MD&A. For a further description of certain risks and uncertainties 

The  primary  objective  of  the  Company  is  to  build  shareholder  value  through  sustainable  and 
profitable growth, supported by a strong financial foundation. To guide its activities in pursuit of 
this  objective,  Toromont  works  toward  specific,  long-term  financial  goals  (see  section  heading 

2 

11

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
“Key  Performance  Measures”  in  this  MD&A)  and  each  of  its  operating  groups  consistently 
employs the following broad strategies:  

Expand Markets  

Toromont  serves  diverse  markets  that  offer  long-term  potential  for  profitable  expansion.  Each 
operating group strives to achieve or maintain leading positions in markets served. Incremental 
revenues are derived from improved coverage, market share gains and geographic expansion. 
Expansion of the installed base of equipment provides the foundation for product support growth 
and leverages the fixed costs associated with the Company’s infrastructure.  

Strengthen Product Support  

Toromont’s parts and service business is a significant contributor to overall profitability and serves 
to  stabilize  results  through  economic  downturns.  Product  support  activities  also  represent 
opportunities  to  develop  closer  relationships  with  customers  and  differentiate  our  product  and 
service offering. The ability to consistently meet or exceed customers’ expectations for service 
efficiency  and  quality  is  critical,  as  after-market  support  is  an  integral  part  of  the  customer’s 
decision-making process when purchasing equipment.  

Broaden Product Offerings  

Toromont delivers specialized capital equipment to a diverse range of customers and industries. 
Collectively,  hundreds  of  thousands  of  different  parts  are  offered  through  the  Company’s 
distribution  channels.  The  Company  expands  its  customer  base  through  selectively  extending 
product lines and capabilities. In support of this strategy, Toromont represents product lines that 
are  considered  leading  and  generally  best-in-class  from  suppliers  and  business  partners  who 
continually expand and develop their offerings. Strong relationships with suppliers and business 
partners are critical in achieving growth objectives.  

Invest in Resources  

The combined knowledge and experience of Toromont’s people is a key competitive advantage. 
Growth  is  dependent  on  attracting,  retaining  and  developing  employees  with  values  that  are 
consistent with Toromont’s. A highly principled culture, share ownership and profitability-based 
incentive  programs  result  in  a  close  alignment  of  employee  and  shareholder  interests.  By 
investing in employee training and development, the capabilities and productivity of employees 
continually improve to better serve shareholders, customers and business partners.  

information 

Toromont’s 
the 
marketplace. The Company’s selective investments in technology, inclusive of e-commerce and 
other digital initiatives, strengthen customer service capabilities, generate new opportunities for 
growth, drive efficiency and increase returns to shareholders.  

technology  represents  another  competitive  differentiator 

in 

Maintain a Strong Financial Position  

A  strong,  well-capitalized  balance  sheet  creates  stability  and  financial  flexibility,  and  has 
contributed to the Company’s long-term track record of profitable growth. It is also fundamental 
to the Company’s future success.  

3 

12

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
employs the following broad strategies:  

Expand Markets  

Toromont  serves  diverse  markets  that  offer  long-term  potential  for  profitable  expansion.  Each 

operating group strives to achieve or maintain leading positions in markets served. Incremental 

revenues are derived from improved coverage, market share gains and geographic expansion. 

Expansion of the installed base of equipment provides the foundation for product support growth 

and leverages the fixed costs associated with the Company’s infrastructure.  

Strengthen Product Support  

Toromont’s parts and service business is a significant contributor to overall profitability and serves 

to  stabilize  results  through  economic  downturns.  Product  support  activities  also  represent 

opportunities  to  develop  closer  relationships  with  customers  and  differentiate  our  product  and 

service offering. The ability to consistently meet or exceed customers’ expectations for service 

efficiency  and  quality  is  critical,  as  after-market  support  is  an  integral  part  of  the  customer’s 

decision-making process when purchasing equipment.  

Broaden Product Offerings  

Toromont delivers specialized capital equipment to a diverse range of customers and industries. 

Collectively,  hundreds  of  thousands  of  different  parts  are  offered  through  the  Company’s 

distribution  channels.  The  Company  expands  its  customer  base  through  selectively  extending 

product lines and capabilities. In support of this strategy, Toromont represents product lines that 

are  considered  leading  and  generally  best-in-class  from  suppliers  and  business  partners  who 

continually expand and develop their offerings. Strong relationships with suppliers and business 

partners are critical in achieving growth objectives.  

Invest in Resources  

The combined knowledge and experience of Toromont’s people is a key competitive advantage. 

Growth  is  dependent  on  attracting,  retaining  and  developing  employees  with  values  that  are 

consistent with Toromont’s. A highly principled culture, share ownership and profitability-based 

incentive  programs  result  in  a  close  alignment  of  employee  and  shareholder  interests.  By 

investing in employee training and development, the capabilities and productivity of employees 

continually improve to better serve shareholders, customers and business partners.  

Toromont’s 

information 

technology  represents  another  competitive  differentiator 

in 

the 

marketplace. The Company’s selective investments in technology, inclusive of e-commerce and 

other digital initiatives, strengthen customer service capabilities, generate new opportunities for 

growth, drive efficiency and increase returns to shareholders.  

Maintain a Strong Financial Position  

A  strong,  well-capitalized  balance  sheet  creates  stability  and  financial  flexibility,  and  has 

contributed to the Company’s long-term track record of profitable growth. It is also fundamental 

to the Company’s future success.  

“Key  Performance  Measures”  in  this  MD&A)  and  each  of  its  operating  groups  consistently 

CONSOLIDATED ANNUAL OPERATING RESULTS 

($ thousands, except per share amounts)
REVENUES
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit (1)
Selling and administrative expenses
OPERATING INCOME (1)
Interest expense
Interest and investment income
Income before income taxes
Income taxes

NET EARNINGS

$ 

2021
3,886,537
2,916,769
969,768
493,831

$ 

2020
3,478,897
2,643,151
835,746
463,312

$ change % change
12% 
10% 
16% 
7% 

407,640
273,618
134,022
30,519

475,937
28,161
(9,027)
456,803
124,093

372,434
29,981
(9,083)
351,536
96,621

103,503
(1,820)
56
105,267
27,472

332,710

254,915

77,795

28% 
(6%)
(1%)
30% 
28% 

31% 

30% 

BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE

$         

4.03

$         

3.10

$         

0.93

KEY RATIOS:
Gross profit margin (1)
Selling and administrative expenses as a % of revenues
Operating income margin (1)
Income taxes as a % of income before income taxes
Return on capital employed (1)
Return on equity (1)
(1) Described in the sections titled "Additional GAAP Measures and Non-GAAP Measures".

25.0%
12.7%
12.2%
27.2%
26.6%
19.6%

24.0%
13.3%
10.7%
27.5%
20.4%
16.6%

The  Company  delivered  strong  results  for  2021  reflecting  improved  market  activity  after  the 
slow-down  in  2020  stemming  from  the  pandemic.  Execution  was  solid  in  most  areas  as  the 
operating  teams  continued  to  focus  on  keeping  employees  safe,  serving  customer  needs  and 
protecting  the  business  for  the  long-term.  Improved  gross  margins  overall  and  favourable 
operating leverage resulted in strong growth in net earnings.   

The  Equipment  Group  reported  strong  results  with  steadily  increased  equipment  orders  as 
COVID-related restrictions continue to ease and improved economic conditions buoyed demand 
for our products and services. CIMCO revenues were up year-over-year on higher package sales, 
however tight margins and higher operational costs dampened bottom-line results. We continue 
to operate with caution, monitoring the fluid nature of COVID-19, maintaining disciplined protocols 
and evaluating economic factors flowing from the pandemic, inclusive of supply chain disruptions 
and inflationary pressures. 

Revenues increased $407.6 million or 12% for the year, with an increase in both the Equipment 
Group and CIMCO. Equipment Group revenues increased 11% with strong new equipment sales, 
rental and product support activity. CIMCO revenues were 15% higher year-over-year on strong 
package deliveries, as construction on industrial projects progressed.  

Gross profit margin increased 100 basis points (“bps”) to 25.0% versus last year. The Equipment 
Group reported higher margins mainly on tight equipment supply, improved rental fleet utilization, 
higher  product  support  activity  levels  and  operating  leverage.  Margins  at  CIMCO  declined 
year-over-year on lower booked margins on certain larger projects. Sales mix was less favourable 
in both Groups, with a lower proportion of product support revenues to total revenues.  

3 

4 

13

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
   
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
        
      
      
      
        
        
        
        
        
              
      
      
      
      
        
        
      
      
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selling and administrative expenses were $30.5 million (7%) higher for the year compared to the 
prior  year  reflecting  operating  leverage  on  the  increased  revenues.  In  2020,  governmental 
subsidies  under  the  CEWS  program  reduced  expenses  by  $12.8  million.  Expenses  in  2021 
include a $5.0 million charge for the settlement of defined benefit pension obligations for certain 
retirees, completed through an annuity purchase. Excluding these two items, expenses increased 
$12.7 million  or  3%  year-over-year.  Compensation  costs  increased  $13.0 million  on  higher 
staffing levels, annual salary increases, and higher profit sharing accruals on the higher earnings. 
The mark-to-market adjustment on Deferred Share Units (“DSUs”) was $1.1 million less in 2021 
than  the  prior  year  and  bad  debt  expense  was  $1.3  million  lower.  Sales  related  expenses, 
including travel and training expenses increased to support higher volumes.   

Operating income increased $103.5 million or 28% reflecting the higher revenues, higher gross 
margins and lower relative expense levels. Operating income margin increased 150 bps to 12.2%. 
Revenue  growth  exceeded  growth  in  expenses.  The  easing  of  COVID-19  restrictions  has 
improved activity levels. Operations remain focused on efficient execution. 

Interest expense decreased $1.8 million on lower debt levels. Drawings on a term credit facility 
taken in early 2020 at the onset of the pandemic were repaid in late 2020. 

Interest  income  decreased  $0.1  million  on  lower  interest  income  earned  on  conversion  of 
equipment on rent with a purchase option (“RPO”). 

The effective income tax rate for 2021 was 27.2% compared to 27.5% in 2020.  

Net earnings in 2021 of $332.7 million were up $77.8 million or 31% from 2020. Basic earnings 
per share (“EPS”) increased $0.93 or 30% to $4.03 mainly reflecting the higher revenues. 

Other  comprehensive  income  of  $56.1  million  in  2021  (2020  –  comprehensive  loss  of 
$12.3 million)  arose  on  actuarial  gains  on  defined  benefit  pension  and other  post-employment 
benefit plans of $49.9 million (2020 – actuarial loss of $11.2 million). These gains/losses reflect 
changes  in  the  weighted  average  discount  rates  used  in  the  valuation,  which  are  reflective  of 
underlying financial markets, as well as changes in the fair value of pension plan assets. Other 
comprehensive income also included a favorable net change in the fair value of cash flow hedges 
of $6.2 million (2020 – unfavorable net change of $0.7 million). These changes reflect mark to 
market differences in the value of foreign exchange derivative contracts designated as cash flow 
hedges  and  are  largely  a  function  of  the  underlying  USD/CAD  exchange  rates  at  period  end 
compared to the contract date.  

BUSINESS SEGMENT ANNUAL OPERATING RESULTS  

The  accounting  policies  of  the  segments  are  the  same  as  those  of  the  consolidated  entity. 
Management  evaluates  overall  business  segment  performance  based  on  revenue  growth, 
operating income relative to revenues and return on capital employed. Corporate expenses are 
allocated  based  on  each  segment’s  revenue.  Interest  expense  and  interest  and  investment 
income are not allocated.  

5 

14

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$  

$  

$     

$  
$     

$     
$     

$  
$     

2021

2020

$ change % change

26% 
(7%)
8% 
15% 
6% 

   -
11% 
30% 

278,650
(26,645)
29,489
281,494
77,650
41
359,185
104,997

1,366,681
354,701
387,755
2,109,137
1,405,128
11,019
3,525,284
450,950

1,088,031
381,346
358,266
1,827,643
1,327,478
10,978
3,166,099
345,953

Equipment Group  

($ thousands)
Equipment sales and rentals
    New
    Used
    Rentals
Total equipment sales and rentals
Product support 
Power generation
Total revenues
Operating income

Selling and administrative expenses were $30.5 million (7%) higher for the year compared to the 

prior  year  reflecting  operating  leverage  on  the  increased  revenues.  In  2020,  governmental 

subsidies  under  the  CEWS  program  reduced  expenses  by  $12.8  million.  Expenses  in  2021 

include a $5.0 million charge for the settlement of defined benefit pension obligations for certain 

retirees, completed through an annuity purchase. Excluding these two items, expenses increased 

$12.7 million  or  3%  year-over-year.  Compensation  costs  increased  $13.0 million  on  higher 

staffing levels, annual salary increases, and higher profit sharing accruals on the higher earnings. 

The mark-to-market adjustment on Deferred Share Units (“DSUs”) was $1.1 million less in 2021 

than  the  prior  year  and  bad  debt  expense  was  $1.3  million  lower.  Sales  related  expenses, 

including travel and training expenses increased to support higher volumes.   

Operating income increased $103.5 million or 28% reflecting the higher revenues, higher gross 

margins and lower relative expense levels. Operating income margin increased 150 bps to 12.2%. 

Revenue  growth  exceeded  growth  in  expenses.  The  easing  of  COVID-19  restrictions  has 

improved activity levels. Operations remain focused on efficient execution. 

Interest expense decreased $1.8 million on lower debt levels. Drawings on a term credit facility 

taken in early 2020 at the onset of the pandemic were repaid in late 2020. 

Interest  income  decreased  $0.1  million  on  lower  interest  income  earned  on  conversion  of 

equipment on rent with a purchase option (“RPO”). 

The effective income tax rate for 2021 was 27.2% compared to 27.5% in 2020.  

Net earnings in 2021 of $332.7 million were up $77.8 million or 31% from 2020. Basic earnings 

per share (“EPS”) increased $0.93 or 30% to $4.03 mainly reflecting the higher revenues. 

Other  comprehensive  income  of  $56.1  million  in  2021  (2020  –  comprehensive  loss  of 

$12.3 million)  arose  on  actuarial  gains  on  defined  benefit  pension  and other  post-employment 

benefit plans of $49.9 million (2020 – actuarial loss of $11.2 million). These gains/losses reflect 

changes  in  the  weighted  average  discount  rates  used  in  the  valuation,  which  are  reflective  of 

underlying financial markets, as well as changes in the fair value of pension plan assets. Other 

comprehensive income also included a favorable net change in the fair value of cash flow hedges 

of $6.2 million (2020 – unfavorable net change of $0.7 million). These changes reflect mark to 

market differences in the value of foreign exchange derivative contracts designated as cash flow 

hedges  and  are  largely  a  function  of  the  underlying  USD/CAD  exchange  rates  at  period  end 

compared to the contract date.  

BUSINESS SEGMENT ANNUAL OPERATING RESULTS  

The  accounting  policies  of  the  segments  are  the  same  as  those  of  the  consolidated  entity. 

Management  evaluates  overall  business  segment  performance  based  on  revenue  growth, 

operating income relative to revenues and return on capital employed. Corporate expenses are 

allocated  based  on  each  segment’s  revenue.  Interest  expense  and  interest  and  investment 

income are not allocated.  

KEY RATIOS:
Product support revenues as a % of total revenues
Operating income margin
Group total revenues as a % of consolidated revenues
Return on capital employed

39.9%
12.8%
90.7%
30.8%

41.9%
10.9%
91.0%
19.2%

Strong  demand  for  products  and  services,  tight  equipment  supply  and  improved  operating 
discipline  served  to  deliver  strong  results  in  2021.  Economic  activity  increased  from  the  lower 
level experienced in 2020, the first year of the pandemic.   

Total  equipment  sales  (new  and  used)  increased  $252.0  million  or  17%  compared  to  2020. 
Revenues in 2020 were impacted by lower economic activity in light of restrictions and closures 
implemented  in  response  to  the  pandemic,  as  well  as  a  generally  cautious  market  sentiment.   
Demand  was  stronger  in  2021  as  activity  and  confidence  in  end  markets  showed  signs  of 
improvement.  Market  segment  revenue  generally  increased  amidst  group  supply  constrains: 
construction  (up  $152.0  million  or  15%);  mining  (up  $83.2  million  or  70%);  material  handling 
(up $3.8 million  or  7%);  agriculture  (up  $15.4  million  or  21%);  and  power  systems  sales 
(down $2.4 million  or  1%).  Used  equipment  revenues  were  lower  compared  to  2020,  on 
availability constraints. 

Rental revenues increased $29.5 million or 8% versus last year. All markets and most segments 
were higher, reflecting continued improvement in activity against weaker comparatives last year. 
Year-over-year revenue changes in each market were as follows: Light equipment rentals +9%, 
power  systems  +18%,  heavy  equipment  rentals  +17%  and  material  handling  +19%.  Rental 
revenues  from  equipment  on  rent  with  a  purchase  option  (“RPO”)  were  down  22%,  in  part 
reflecting  a  smaller  average  fleet.  As  at  December  31,  2021,  the  RPO  fleet  was  $46.1  million 
versus $35.1 million a year ago.  

Product support revenues increased $77.7 million or 6%, with increases in both parts and service. 
Activity was higher in most markets and across all regions as follows: construction markets +8%; 
mining +3%; power systems +2%; material handling +19%; and agricultural activity was down 9%. 

Gross profit margin increased 130 bps to 25.3% from 24.0% in 2020. Margins increased across 
all revenue streams, partially offset by less favourable sales mix (higher equipment sales to rental 
and  product  support).  Equipment  margins  were  up  60  bps  reflecting  strong  demand  and  tight 
supply. Rental margins were up 90 bps on higher fleet utilization, as well as fleet optimization over 
the last year. Product support margins were up 40 bps on continued focus on efficiency and higher 
activity levels. A shift in sales mix  with a lower proportion of product support revenues to total 

5 

6 

15

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
       
       
       
       
         
    
    
       
    
    
         
         
         
               
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
revenues decreased margin by 60 bps. 

Selling and administrative expenses increased $25.0 million or 6%. Expenses in 2021 include a 
$5.0 million charge for the settlement of defined benefit pension obligations for certain retirees. In 
2020,  governmental  subsidies  under  the  CEWS  program  reduced  expenses  by  $11.4  million.  
Excluding these two items, expenses increased $8.6 million or 2% year-over-year, reflecting the 
higher  activity  levels.  Compensation  costs  increased  on  higher  headcount,  annual  salary 
increases and higher profit sharing on the increased earnings. Certain expenses such as travel 
and training  have  increased  compared  to  the  prior  year  which  experienced  tighter  restrictions.  
Allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  decreased  $1.2  million  on  good  collection  activity.  Property 
dispositions  and  other  related  transactions  resulted  in gains  in  both  years,  with  $3.8  million  in 
2021 and $4.1 million in 2020.  

Operating  income  was  up  $105.0  million  or  30%  and  was  190  bps  higher  as  a  percentage  of 
revenues  (12.8%  versus  10.9%  last  year)  reflecting  the  higher  revenues  and  gross  margins, 
coupled with lower relative expense levels. 

Capital expenditures 

($ millions)
Rental

Capital expenditures
Proceeds on disposals

Net expenditure

2021

2020

$ change

% change

$     
$       
$       

117,759
50,840
66,919

$       
$       
$       

88,942
52,455
36,487

$       
$       
$       

28,817
(1,615)
30,432

32% 
(3%)
83% 

Property, plant and equipment

Capital expenditures

$       

50,201

$       

28,948

$       

21,253

73% 

Additions in 2020 were managed lower given the economic activity levels at that time. Rental fleet 
additions  increased  in  2021,  but  remained  constrained  due  to  supply  chain  limitations.  Fleet 
dispositions, as measured by proceeds, were curtailed in light of tight equipment supply. 

Property, plant and equipment additions increased in 2021, as business activity improved. Capital 
expenditures in 2021 included: 

  $21.1 million for land and buildings associated with facilities and new rental locations; 
  $22.1 million for new and replacement service and delivery vehicles; 
  $2.0 million for information technology infrastructure improvements and developments; 

and 

  $5.0 million for other machinery and equipment for general operations. 

Bookings and Backlogs 

($ millions)
Bookings - year ended December 31
Backlogs - as at December 31

2021
2,478.8
1,130.4

$      
$      

2020
1,570.0
373.0

$      
$         

$ change
908.8
757.4

$         
$         

% change
58% 
203% 

Bookings and backlogs vary from period to period on large project activities, particularly in mining 
and power systems, the timing of orders from customers, required customer delivery schedules, 
and the availability of equipment from either inventory or suppliers. 

7 

16

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$ 

$ 

2021
208,854
152,399
361,253
24,987

2020
161,144
151,654
312,798
26,481

$ change % change
30% 
$    
   -
15% 
(6%)

CIMCO 

($ thousands)
Package sales
Product support 
Total revenues
Operating income

Booking activity increased significantly compared to the lower activity reported in 2020. Higher 
orders resulted across all market segments: construction orders (+66%); mining (+228%), power 
systems (+55%), material handling lift trucks (+2%) and agriculture orders (+10%).  

Backlogs increased reflecting both requested customer delivery schedules (2022 and 2023) and 
delays in delivery of equipment from vendors. As at December 31, 2021, the total backlog related 
to construction (46%), mining (31%), power systems (17%), agriculture (4%) and lift trucks (2%). 
Approximately 85% of the backlog is expected to be delivered in 2022. 

revenues decreased margin by 60 bps. 

Selling and administrative expenses increased $25.0 million or 6%. Expenses in 2021 include a 

$5.0 million charge for the settlement of defined benefit pension obligations for certain retirees. In 

2020,  governmental  subsidies  under  the  CEWS  program  reduced  expenses  by  $11.4  million.  

Excluding these two items, expenses increased $8.6 million or 2% year-over-year, reflecting the 

higher  activity  levels.  Compensation  costs  increased  on  higher  headcount,  annual  salary 

increases and higher profit sharing on the increased earnings. Certain expenses such as travel 

and training  have  increased  compared  to  the  prior  year  which  experienced  tighter  restrictions.  

Allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  decreased  $1.2  million  on  good  collection  activity.  Property 

dispositions  and  other  related  transactions  resulted  in gains  in  both  years,  with  $3.8  million  in 

2021 and $4.1 million in 2020.  

Operating  income  was  up  $105.0  million  or  30%  and  was  190  bps  higher  as  a  percentage  of 

revenues  (12.8%  versus  10.9%  last  year)  reflecting  the  higher  revenues  and  gross  margins, 

coupled with lower relative expense levels. 

Capital expenditures 

($ millions)

Rental

Capital expenditures

Proceeds on disposals

Net expenditure

2021

2020

$ change

% change

$     

117,759

$       

50,840

$       

66,919

$       

88,942

$       

28,817

$       

52,455

$       

(1,615)

$       

36,487

$       

30,432

32% 

(3%)

83% 

Property, plant and equipment

Capital expenditures

$       

50,201

$       

28,948

$       

21,253

73% 

Additions in 2020 were managed lower given the economic activity levels at that time. Rental fleet 

additions  increased  in  2021,  but  remained  constrained  due  to  supply  chain  limitations.  Fleet 

dispositions, as measured by proceeds, were curtailed in light of tight equipment supply. 

Property, plant and equipment additions increased in 2021, as business activity improved. Capital 

expenditures in 2021 included: 

  $21.1 million for land and buildings associated with facilities and new rental locations; 

  $22.1 million for new and replacement service and delivery vehicles; 

  $2.0 million for information technology infrastructure improvements and developments; 

and 

  $5.0 million for other machinery and equipment for general operations. 

Bookings and Backlogs 

($ millions)

Bookings - year ended December 31

Backlogs - as at December 31

2021

2020

$ change

% change

$      

2,478.8

$      

1,130.4

$      

1,570.0

$         

908.8

$         

373.0

$         

757.4

58% 

203% 

Bookings and backlogs vary from period to period on large project activities, particularly in mining 

and power systems, the timing of orders from customers, required customer delivery schedules, 

and the availability of equipment from either inventory or suppliers. 

KEY RATIOS:
Product support revenues as a % of total revenues
Operating income margin
Group total revenues as a % of consolidated revenues
Return on capital employed

42.2%
6.9%
9.3%
61.7%

48.5%
8.5%
9.0%
78.0%

A strong opening order backlog buoyed CIMCO’s revenues in 2021 as construction progressed 
and  projects  were  completed.  Recreational  activity  was  dampened  with  site  restrictions  and 
closures related to the pandemic, however as facilities reopened for the 2021-2022 winter season, 
activity improved later in the year. Operating income was lower despite the higher volume, given 
lower margins on large industrial projects and higher expense levels. The translation of financial 
results at the US operations did not have a significant impact on results year over year. 

Package sales were up $47.7 million or 30% versus 2020, with strong deliveries in the industrial 
market (up 49%) on several large orders received in 2020. Recreational markets were down 1%, 
as  lower  activity  continued  from  site  restrictions  and  closures.  Package  revenues  reflect  the 
progress  of  project  construction  applying  the  percentage-of-completion  method  for  revenue 
recognition. This results in variability of reported revenues and earnings, as the timing of projects 
and  construction  schedules  are  largely  under  the  control  of  third  parties  (contractors  and 
end-customers). Package revenues increased in both Canada (up 29%) and the US (up 31%, but 
on a smaller activity base). 

Product  support  revenues  were  relatively  unchanged  year-over-year,  however  recreational 
activity improved late in the year. Activity continued for some market segments throughout the 
pandemic given the essential services nature of the business.  

Gross profit margin decreased 210 basis points. Package margins were down 140 bps reflecting 
lower margins on certain larger projects completed in the year. Sales mix  was less favourable 
with a lower percentage of product support revenues to total revenues (down 70 bps). Product 
support margins were unchanged year-over-year.  

Selling  and  administrative  expenses  increased  $5.5  million  or  11%  versus  last  year  reflecting 

7 

8 

17

47,710
745
48,455
(1,494)

$    
$     

$ 
$   

$ 
$   

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
spending to support current and future activity levels. In 2020, governmental subsidies under the 
CEWS  program  reduced  expenses  by  $1.4  million.  Excluding  this,  expenses  were  up  8%,  on 
higher  staffing  levels.  Certain  costs  such  as  training  were  higher  after  a  period  of  deferred 
spending, and occupancy costs increased on expenditures related to the upcoming head office 
move.  

Operating income was down by $1.5 million or 6% in 2021, as higher package revenues, were 
more  than  offset  by  the  lower  gross  margins  and  increased  expenses.  Operating  income  as 
percentage of revenues decreased 160 bps to 6.9% compared to prior year. 

Capital expenditures 

($ millions)

2021

2020

$ change

% change

Property, plant and equipment

$       

21,729

$       

14,742

$         

6,987

47% 

Capital  expenditures  in 2021  included  acquisition  of property for the  new  head  office facility  in 
Canada ($16.8  million).  Other  expenditures 
replacement  service 
vehicles ($2.7 million) and information technology enhancements and upgrades ($1.9 million).  

included  new  and 

Bookings and Backlogs 

($ millions)
Bookings - year ended December 31
Backlogs - as at December 31

2021
188.4
161.1

$         
$         

2020
228.3
184.4

$         
$         

$ change
(39.9)
(23.3)

$         
$         

% change
(17%)
(13%)

Bookings  were  lower  compared  to  2020  which  included  several  large  industrial  orders. 
Recreational bookings were 42% higher on increased market activity in both Canada (up 25%) 
and the US (up 81%), after a period of limited activity given pandemic closures and restrictions. 
Industrial  orders  were  down  38%,  with  a  decrease  in  both  Canada  (down  41%  on  a  tough 
comparable) and the US (down 6%).  

Backlogs of $161.1 million declined $23.3 million or 13% versus last year, which included several 
large orders. Recreational backlogs were 42% higher in both Canada (+38%) and the US (+45%) 
reflecting good order intake over the latter part of 2021. Industrial backlogs were 30% lower as 
the orders from 2020 were completed. Substantially all of the backlog is expected to be realized 
as revenue in 2022, however this is subject to construction schedules, component availability and 
potential changes stemming from the COVID-19 pandemic. 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL CONDITION  

The Company’s strong financial position continued. 

At  December  31,  2021,  the  ratio  of  net  debt  to  total  capitalization  decreased  to  -16%  (cash 
exceeded debt) versus 3% at December 31, 2020, reflecting our strong cash position.  

9 

18

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
$      

$       

$         

$         

(89,636)
(7,983)
3,097
13,931
1,241
8,042
16,295
(3,291)
(50,587)
(108,891)

2021
451,944
720,421
13,994
(544,512)
(25,404)
(15,239)
5,252
(28,851)
(199,696)
377,909

2020
541,580
728,404
10,897
(558,443)
(26,645)
(23,281)
(11,043)
(25,560)
(149,109)
486,800

$ change % change
(17%)
(1%)
 28%
(2%)
(5%)
(35%)
(148%)
 13%
34% 
(22%)

Non-cash Working Capital  

The major components, along with the changes from December 31, 2020, are identified in the 
following table.  

($ thousands)
Accounts receivable
Inventories
Other current assets
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Provisions
Income taxes payable
Derivative financial instruments
Dividends payable
Deferred revenues and contract liabilities
Total non-cash working capital

spending to support current and future activity levels. In 2020, governmental subsidies under the 

CEWS  program  reduced  expenses  by  $1.4  million.  Excluding  this,  expenses  were  up  8%,  on 

higher  staffing  levels.  Certain  costs  such  as  training  were  higher  after  a  period  of  deferred 

spending, and occupancy costs increased on expenditures related to the upcoming head office 

move.  

Operating income was down by $1.5 million or 6% in 2021, as higher package revenues, were 

more  than  offset  by  the  lower  gross  margins  and  increased  expenses.  Operating  income  as 

percentage of revenues decreased 160 bps to 6.9% compared to prior year. 

Capital expenditures 

($ millions)

2021

2020

$ change

% change

Property, plant and equipment

$       

21,729

$       

14,742

$         

6,987

47% 

Capital  expenditures  in 2021  included  acquisition  of property for the  new  head  office facility  in 

Canada ($16.8  million).  Other  expenditures 

included  new  and 

replacement  service 

vehicles ($2.7 million) and information technology enhancements and upgrades ($1.9 million).  

Bookings and Backlogs 

($ millions)

Bookings - year ended December 31

Backlogs - as at December 31

2021

2020

$ change

% change

$         

188.4

$         

161.1

$         

228.3

$         

(39.9)

$         

184.4

$         

(23.3)

(17%)

(13%)

Bookings  were  lower  compared  to  2020  which  included  several  large  industrial  orders. 

Recreational bookings were 42% higher on increased market activity in both Canada (up 25%) 

and the US (up 81%), after a period of limited activity given pandemic closures and restrictions. 

Industrial  orders  were  down  38%,  with  a  decrease  in  both  Canada  (down  41%  on  a  tough 

comparable) and the US (down 6%).  

Backlogs of $161.1 million declined $23.3 million or 13% versus last year, which included several 

large orders. Recreational backlogs were 42% higher in both Canada (+38%) and the US (+45%) 

reflecting good order intake over the latter part of 2021. Industrial backlogs were 30% lower as 

the orders from 2020 were completed. Substantially all of the backlog is expected to be realized 

as revenue in 2022, however this is subject to construction schedules, component availability and 

potential changes stemming from the COVID-19 pandemic. 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL CONDITION  

The Company’s strong financial position continued. 

At  December  31,  2021,  the  ratio  of  net  debt  to  total  capitalization  decreased  to  -16%  (cash 

exceeded debt) versus 3% at December 31, 2020, reflecting our strong cash position.  

Accounts receivable decreased $89.6 million or 17% year over year largely reflecting continued 
focus on collection activity within both the Equipment Group and CIMCO. Days sales outstanding 
(“DSOs”)  decreased  5  days  to  36  days,  on  improvements  in  both  the  Equipment  Group 
(down 4 days)  and  CIMCO  (down  18  days).  The  decrease  in  accounts  receivable  is  also 
attributable to lower trailing sales in the fourth quarter of 2021 compared to the same period of 
2020. 

Inventories  decreased  $8.0  million  or  1%,  largely  due  to  a  decrease  in  CIMCO,  offset  by  an 
increase in the Equipment Group:  

  Equipment Group inventories were up $6.4 million or 1%, with decreases in equipment 
(down $4.1 million or 1%), and parts (down $7.9 million or 3%), offset by higher service 
work-in-process (up $18.5 million or 35%). While inventory levels are typically lowest at 
the end of a fiscal year due to seasonality, changes in supply chain availability has further 
affected  these  trends,  with  inventory  levels  generally  lower  than  desired  levels  in  both 
2020 and 2021. Service work-in-process levels reflect higher activity levels. 

  CIMCO  inventories  were  down  $14.4  million  or  41%,  predominantly  driven  by  lower 
work-in-process  on  the  advancement  of  larger  industrial  projects,  partially  offset  by 
increased parts inventories (up $1.1 million or 37%). 

Other current assets mainly relate to prepaid expenses, which vary year-over-year on the timing 
of payments and the realization of expenses.   

Accounts  payable  and  accrued  liabilities  decreased  $13.9  million  or  2%.  The  DSU  liability 
decreased $12.4 million on redemptions, offset in part by the higher share price. Other accounts 
payable and accrued liabilities were lower principally due to the timing of purchases and payments 
for inventory. 

Income  taxes  payable  reflects  the  difference  between  tax  installments  and  current  income  tax 
expense. 

Derivative  financial  instruments  represent  the  fair  value  of  foreign  exchange  contracts. 
Fluctuations in the value of the Canadian dollar have led to a cumulative net gain of $5.3 million 

9 

10 

19

$       

$    

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
           
         
         
             
           
          
          
        
         
           
          
          
           
          
          
              
          
         
           
          
         
          
        
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
as at December 31, 2021. This is not expected to affect net earnings as the unrealized gains will 
offset future losses on the related hedged items.  

Higher  dividends  payable  year-over-year  reflect  the  higher  dividend  rate.  Effective  with  the 
July 5, 2021 payment, the quarterly dividend rate was increased 12.9% from $0.31 per share to 
$0.35 per share. 

Deferred revenues  and contract  liabilities  represent  billings to customers  in excess  of revenue 
recognized: 

 

In the Equipment Group, these arise due to progress billings from the sale of power and 
energy  systems,  long-term  product  support  maintenance contracts,  sales  of  equipment 
with residual value guarantees, and, customer deposits for machinery to be delivered in 
the future. These balances were higher, up $74.7 million or 72.5%, in 2021, generally on 
timing  of  progress  billings  under  long-term  contracts,  as  well  as  customer  deposits  for 
future equipment deliveries. 

  At CIMCO, these arise on progress billings from the sale of refrigeration packages, which 
were down $24.1 million or 52.2%, reflecting the timing of billings compared to revenue 
recognized under the percentage-of-completion method.   

Goodwill and Intangibles 

The Company performs impairment tests on its goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives on 
an annual basis or as warranted by events or circumstances. The assessment entails estimating 
the fair value of operations to which the goodwill and intangibles relate using the fair value less 
cost  to  sell  valuation  method.  This  assessment  affirmed  goodwill  and  intangibles  values  as  at 
December  31,  2021,  as  outlined  in  note  7  of  the  notes  to  the  annual  consolidated  financial 
statements. 

Employee Share Ownership  

The Company employs a variety of stock-based compensation plans to align employees’ interests 
with corporate objectives.  

1.  An Executive Stock Option Plan for its senior employees. Stock options have a 10-year life, 
vest 20% per year on each anniversary date of the grant and are exercisable at the designated 
common  share  price,  which  is  fixed  at  prevailing  market  prices  at  the  date  the  option  is 
granted.  As  at  December  31,  2021,  2.2  million  options  to  purchase  common  shares  were 
outstanding, of which 0.8 million were exercisable.  

2.  An  Employee  Share  Purchase  Plan  whereby  employees  can  purchase  shares  by  way  of 
payroll deductions. The Company pays a portion of the purchase price, matching contributions 
at a rate of $1 for every $3 contributed, to a maximum of 2.5% of an employee’s base salary 
per annum. Company contributions prior to 2019 vested to the employee immediately, while 
contributions  in  2019  onwards  vest  five  years  from  date  of  contribution.  Company 
contributions amounting to $3.3 million in 2021 (2020 – $2.9 million) were charged to selling 
and administrative expense when paid. Approximately 40.9% of employees participate in the 
plan (2020 – 39.0%), which is administered by an independent third party.  

3.  A deferred share unit (“DSU”) plan for executives, certain senior managers and non-employee 
directors. A DSU is a notional unit that reflects the market value of a single Toromont common 
share  and  generally  vests  immediately.  DSUs  may  be  redeemed  only  on  cessation  of 

11 

20

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
as at December 31, 2021. This is not expected to affect net earnings as the unrealized gains will 

offset future losses on the related hedged items.  

Higher  dividends  payable  year-over-year  reflect  the  higher  dividend  rate.  Effective  with  the 

July 5, 2021 payment, the quarterly dividend rate was increased 12.9% from $0.31 per share to 

$0.35 per share. 

recognized: 

Deferred revenues  and contract  liabilities  represent  billings to customers  in  excess  of revenue 

 

In the Equipment Group, these arise due to progress billings from the sale of power and 

energy  systems,  long-term  product  support  maintenance  contracts,  sales  of  equipment 

with residual value guarantees, and, customer deposits for machinery to be delivered in 

the future. These balances were higher, up $74.7 million or 72.5%, in 2021, generally on 

timing  of  progress  billings  under  long-term  contracts,  as  well  as  customer  deposits  for 

future equipment deliveries. 

  At CIMCO, these arise on progress billings from the sale of refrigeration packages, which 

were down $24.1 million or 52.2%, reflecting the timing of billings compared to revenue 

recognized under the percentage-of-completion method.   

Goodwill and Intangibles 

The Company performs impairment tests on its goodwill and intangibles with indefinite lives on 

an annual basis or as warranted by events or circumstances. The assessment entails estimating 

the fair value of operations to which the goodwill and intangibles relate using the fair value less 

cost  to  sell  valuation  method.  This  assessment  affirmed  goodwill  and  intangibles  values  as  at 

December  31,  2021,  as  outlined  in  note  7  of  the  notes  to  the  annual  consolidated  financial 

statements. 

Employee Share Ownership  

with corporate objectives.  

1.  An Executive Stock Option Plan for its senior employees. Stock options have a 10-year life, 

vest 20% per year on each anniversary date of the grant and are exercisable at the designated 

common  share  price,  which  is  fixed  at  prevailing  market  prices  at  the  date  the  option  is 

granted.  As  at  December  31,  2021,  2.2  million  options  to  purchase  common  shares  were 

outstanding, of which 0.8 million were exercisable.  

2.  An  Employee  Share  Purchase  Plan  whereby  employees  can  purchase  shares  by  way  of 

payroll deductions. The Company pays a portion of the purchase price, matching contributions 

at a rate of $1 for every $3 contributed, to a maximum of 2.5% of an employee’s base salary 

per annum. Company contributions prior to 2019 vested to the employee immediately, while 

contributions  in  2019  onwards  vest  five  years  from  date  of  contribution.  Company 

contributions amounting to $3.3 million in 2021 (2020 – $2.9 million) were charged to selling 

and administrative expense when paid. Approximately 40.9% of employees participate in the 

plan (2020 – 39.0%), which is administered by an independent third party.  

3.  A deferred share unit (“DSU”) plan for executives, certain senior managers and non-employee 

directors. A DSU is a notional unit that reflects the market value of a single Toromont common 

share  and  generally  vests  immediately.  DSUs  may  be  redeemed  only  on  cessation  of 

employment or directorship. DSUs have dividend equivalent rights, which are expensed as 
earned. Executives and senior managers may elect, on an annual basis, to receive all or a 
portion  of  their  performance  incentive  bonus  in  DSUs.  Non-employee  directors  receive 
approximately 55% of their annual compensation in the form of DSUs and may also elect to 
receive some or all of their remainder annual compensation in DSUs. The Company records 
the cost of the DSU plan as compensation expense in selling and administrative expenses. 
As at December 31, 2021, 202,969 DSUs were outstanding with a total value of $23.1 million 
(2020 – 394,154 units at a value of $35.6 million). The liability for DSUs is included in accounts 
payable and accrued liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial position. 

Employee Future Benefits  

The  Company  sponsors  pension  arrangements  for  substantially  all  of  its  employees.  These 
include: 

  Defined contribution plans, including 401(k) matched savings plans for employees in the 

US, covering the largest segment of employees, including all new hires;  

  Defined benefit plans; and, 
  Other post-employment benefit plans for certain grandfathered employees.  

Certain unionized employees do not participate in Company-sponsored plans, and contributions 
are  made  to their  retirement  programs  in  accordance  with  the  respective  collective  bargaining 
agreements. 

Defined Contribution Plans 

In  the  case  of  defined  contribution  plans,  regular  contributions  are  made  to  the  individual 
employee  accounts,  which  are  administered  by  a  plan  trustee  in  accordance  with  the  plan 
documents.  As  at  December  31,  2021,  approximately  4,400  employees  participated  in 
Company-sponsored defined contribution plans.  

The Company employs a variety of stock-based compensation plans to align employees’ interests 

Defined Benefit Plans 

The  Company  sponsors  defined  benefit  pension  plans,  which  provide  pension  and  other 
post-retirement benefits for approximately 1,300 active employees. All Plans are administered by 
a separate Fund that is legally separate from the Company, with the exception of the Executive 
Plan described below.  

The  funded  status  of  these  plans  improved  by  $66.7  million  during  2021  (a  reduction  in  post 
employment  obligations).  Actuarial gains,  largely  related  to  a  higher  discount  rate  reduced  the 
defined  benefit  obligation  by  $59.8  million.  Return  on  plan  assets  was  positive,  and  exceeded 
interest cost on the obligation by $11.3 million. Company contributions increased and exceeded 
current  service  cost  by  $6.7 million.  Offsetting  this  was  a  charge  of  $5.0  million  related  to  the 
annuity  purchase  transaction  entered  into  in  October  2021,  whereby  the  defined  benefit 
obligations associated with certain retired plan members were assumed by a third party insurer. 
Toromont considers, for accounting purposes, that this buy-out transaction essentially eliminates 
any further legal or constructive obligations for benefits, and that a settlement has occurred.  

The  Executive  Plan  is  a  supplemental  plan  and  is  solely  the  obligation  of  the  Company.  All 
members of the plan are retired. The Company is not obligated to fund the plan but is obligated 
to pay benefits under the terms of the plan as they come due. The Company has posted letters 

11 

12 

21

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of  credit  to  secure  the  obligations  under  this  plan,  which  were  $14.8  million  as  at 
December 31, 2021.  

A key assumption in pension accounting is the discount rate. This rate is set with regard to the 
yield on high-quality corporate bonds of similar average duration to the cash flow liabilities of the 
Plans. Yields are volatile and can deviate significantly from period to period.  

See notes 1, 2 and 19 to the audited consolidated financial statements for further information  

Legal and Other Contingencies  

Due to the size, complexity and nature of the Company’s operations, various legal matters are 
pending. Exposure to these claims is mitigated through levels of insurance coverage considered 
appropriate  by  management  and  by  active  management  of  these  matters.  In  the  opinion  of 
management, none of these matters will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated 
financial position or results of operations.  

Normal Course Issuer Bid (“NCIB”)  

The Company’s NCIB program commenced on September 15, 2021. The current issuer bid allows 
the Company to purchase up to approximately 8.2 million of its common shares in the 12-month 
period ending September 14, 2022, representing 10% of common shares in the public float, as 
estimated at the time of renewal. All shares purchased under the bid will be cancelled.  

In connection with the NCIB, the Company has entered into an Automatic Share Purchase Plan 
(“ASPP’) with a broker that allows, in its sole discretion and based on parameters established by 
the Company, the purchase of common shares for cancellation under the NCIB at any time during 
predetermined trading blackout periods. At December 31, 2021, no liability was recorded in the 
Company’s consolidated statements of financial position in connection with the ASPP.  

Under this bid, the Company purchased and cancelled 470,600 common shares for $50.0 million 
(average cost of $106.25 per share, including transaction costs) through to December 31, 2021. 
During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  the  Company  purchased  and  cancelled 
67,800 common shares for $4.0 million (average cost of $59.62 per share, including transaction 
costs) under the NCIB program in place at that time. 

Shareholder Rights Plan (“SRP”) 

The SRP is a ‘new generation’ shareholder rights plan, designed to encourage the fair treatment 
of shareholders in connection with any takeover offer for the Company. The SRP was renewed 
at the annual meeting of shareholders in 2021 and expires at the end of the annual meeting of 
shareholders in 2024. 

Outstanding Share Data  

As at the date of this MD&A, the Company had 82,444,168 common shares and 2,164,895 share 
options outstanding. 

Dividends  

Toromont  pays  a  quarterly  dividend  on  its  outstanding  common  shares  and  has  historically 

13 

22

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2021.  

A key assumption in pension accounting is the discount rate. This rate is set with regard to the 

yield on high-quality corporate bonds of similar average duration to the cash flow liabilities of the 

Plans. Yields are volatile and can deviate significantly from period to period.  

See notes 1, 2 and 19 to the audited consolidated financial statements for further information  

Legal and Other Contingencies  

Due to the size, complexity and nature of the Company’s operations, various legal matters are 

pending. Exposure to these claims is mitigated through levels of insurance coverage considered 

appropriate  by  management  and  by  active  management  of  these  matters.  In  the  opinion  of 

management, none of these matters will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated 

financial position or results of operations.  

Normal Course Issuer Bid (“NCIB”)  

The Company’s NCIB program commenced on September 15, 2021. The current issuer bid allows 

the Company to purchase up to approximately 8.2 million of its common shares in the 12-month 

period ending September 14, 2022, representing 10% of common shares in the public float, as 

estimated at the time of renewal. All shares purchased under the bid will be cancelled.  

In connection with the NCIB, the Company has entered into an Automatic Share Purchase Plan 

(“ASPP’) with a broker that allows, in its sole discretion and based on parameters established by 

the Company, the purchase of common shares for cancellation under the NCIB at any time during 

predetermined trading blackout periods. At December 31, 2021, no liability was recorded in the 

Company’s consolidated statements of financial position in connection with the ASPP.  

Under this bid, the Company purchased and cancelled 470,600 common shares for $50.0 million 

(average cost of $106.25 per share, including transaction costs) through to December 31, 2021. 

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  the  Company  purchased  and  cancelled 

67,800 common shares for $4.0 million (average cost of $59.62 per share, including transaction 

costs) under the NCIB program in place at that time. 

Shareholder Rights Plan (“SRP”) 

The SRP is a ‘new generation’ shareholder rights plan, designed to encourage the fair treatment 

of shareholders in connection with any takeover offer for the Company. The SRP was renewed 

at the annual meeting of shareholders in 2021 and expires at the end of the annual meeting of 

As at the date of this MD&A, the Company had 82,444,168 common shares and 2,164,895 share 

shareholders in 2024. 

Outstanding Share Data  

options outstanding. 

Dividends  

of  credit  to  secure  the  obligations  under  this  plan,  which  were  $14.8  million  as  at 

targeted a dividend rate of approximately 30 - 40% of trailing earnings from continuing operations.  

During 2021, the quarterly dividend was increased by 12.9% or 4 cents per share, to 35 cents per 
common share, effective with the second quarter. In 2021, the Company declared dividends of 
$1.36 per common share (2020 - $1.24 per common share).  

Considering the Company’s strong financial position and positive long-term outlook, the Board of 
Directors  increased  the  quarterly  dividend  by  11.4%  to  39  cents  per  share  effective  with  that 
payable  on  April  4,  2022,  to  shareholders  on  record  on  March  9,  2022.  Toromont  has  paid 
dividends every year since 1968 and this is the 33rd consecutive year of dividend increases. 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES  

Sources of Liquidity  

Toromont’s liquidity requirements can be met through a variety of sources, including  cash and 
cash equivalents on hand, cash generated from operations, long- and short-term borrowings and 
the issuance of common shares. Borrowings are obtained through a variety of senior debentures, 
notes payable and committed long-term credit facilities.  

The  Company  maintains  a  $500.0  million  committed  revolving  credit  facility.  This  facility  was 
extended in November 2021, maturing in November 2026. Debt under this facility is unsecured and 
ranks pari passu with debt outstanding under Toromont’s existing debentures. Interest is based on 
a floating rate, primarily bankers’ acceptances and prime, plus applicable margins and fees based 
on the terms of the credit facility. 

No amounts were drawn on this revolving credit facility as at December 31, 2021 or 2020. Standby 
facility  as  at  December 31, 2021 
letters  of  credit 
(2020 – $30.8 million). 

issued  utilized  $28.8  million  of 

the 

The Company’s credit arrangements include covenants, restrictions and events of default usually 
present  in  arrangements  of  this  nature,  including  requirements  to  meet  certain  financial  tests 
periodically and restrictions on additional indebtedness and encumbrances. The Company was 
in compliance with all covenants at December 31, 2021 and 2020. 

The Company expects that cash on hand (2021 - $916.8 million) together with cash flows from 
operations in 2022, will be more than sufficient to fund its requirements for investments in working 
capital,  capital  assets  and  dividend  payments  through  the  next  12  months,  and  that  the 
Company’s credit ratings will continue to provide access to capital markets to facilitate future debt 
issuance. 

Toromont  pays  a  quarterly  dividend  on  its  outstanding  common  shares  and  has  historically 

13 

14 

23

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal Components of Cash Flow 

Cash  from  operating,  investing  and  financing  activities,  as  reflected  in  the  Consolidated 
Statements of Cash Flows, are summarized in the following table:  

($ thousands)
Cash, beginning of year
Cash, provided by (used in):
Operating activities
Operations 
Change in non-cash working capital and other
Net rental fleet additions

Investing activities

Financing activities

Effect of foreign exchange on cash balances

Increase in cash in the year
Cash, end of the year

Cash Flows from Operating Activities  

2021
591,128

$            

2020
365,589

$            

480,745
129,322
(67,343)
542,724

(68,869)

(148,143)

(10)

410,184
(10,096)
(51,060)
349,028

(32,553)

(90,878)

(58)

325,702
916,830

$            

225,539
591,128

$            

Operating activities provided $542.7 million in 2021 compared to $349.0 million in 2020. 

Cash generated from operations increased 17% compared to prior year primarily on higher net 
earnings. 

Non-cash working capital and other provided $129.3 million in 2021. Lower accounts receivable 
on lower trailing sales and good collection activity provided $89.6 million. An increase in deferred 
revenues  including  customer  deposits  provided  $61.5  million.  The  remaining  working  capital 
accounts had a more modest impact overall, with higher income tax instalments and derivative 
contracts; inventory levels have been constrained due to supply chain limitations.  

Non-cash working capital and other used $10.1 million in 2020. Reductions in inventory levels in 
light of market demand provided $183.8 million, while timing of income tax instalments provided 
$32.6 million. This was more than offset by reductions in accounts payable, largely due to the 
wind-down of certain vendor extended payment terms, utilizing $224.7 million. 

Net rental fleet additions (purchases less proceeds of dispositions) were higher by $16.3 million 
compared to 2020. Additional investment in both the heavy and light equipment rental fleets reflect 
increased demand and improving market conditions, dampened slightly by equipment availability. 
In some cases, fleet dispositions have been deferred, pending improved equipment supply. 

The components and changes in non-cash working capital are discussed in more detail in this 
MD&A under the heading “Consolidated Financial Condition”.  

Cash Flows from Investing Activities  

Investing activities utilized $68.9 million in 2021 compared to $32.6 million in 2020, an increase 

15 

24

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
             
             
             
              
              
              
             
             
              
              
            
              
                     
                     
             
             
Principal Components of Cash Flow 

Cash  from  operating,  investing  and  financing  activities,  as  reflected  in  the  Consolidated 

Statements of Cash Flows, are summarized in the following table:  

($ thousands)

Cash, beginning of year

Cash, provided by (used in):

Operating activities

Operations 

Change in non-cash working capital and other

Net rental fleet additions

Investing activities

Financing activities

Effect of foreign exchange on cash balances

Increase in cash in the year

Cash, end of the year

Cash Flows from Operating Activities  

2021

2020

$            

591,128

$            

365,589

480,745

129,322

(67,343)

542,724

(68,869)

(148,143)

(10)

410,184

(10,096)

(51,060)

349,028

(32,553)

(90,878)

(58)

325,702

225,539

$            

916,830

$            

591,128

Operating activities provided $542.7 million in 2021 compared to $349.0 million in 2020. 

Non-cash working capital and other provided $129.3 million in 2021. Lower accounts receivable 

on lower trailing sales and good collection activity provided $89.6 million. An increase in deferred 

revenues  including  customer  deposits  provided  $61.5  million.  The  remaining  working  capital 

accounts had a more modest impact overall, with higher income tax instalments and derivative 

contracts; inventory levels have been constrained due to supply chain limitations.  

Non-cash working capital and other used $10.1 million in 2020. Reductions in inventory levels in 

light of market demand provided $183.8 million, while timing of income tax instalments provided 

$32.6 million. This was more than offset by reductions in accounts payable, largely due to the 

wind-down of certain vendor extended payment terms, utilizing $224.7 million. 

Net rental fleet additions (purchases less proceeds of dispositions) were higher by $16.3 million 

compared to 2020. Additional investment in both the heavy and light equipment rental fleets reflect 

increased demand and improving market conditions, dampened slightly by equipment availability. 

In some cases, fleet dispositions have been deferred, pending improved equipment supply. 

The components and changes in non-cash working capital are discussed in more detail in this 

MD&A under the heading “Consolidated Financial Condition”.  

Cash Flows from Investing Activities  

Investing activities utilized $68.9 million in 2021 compared to $32.6 million in 2020, an increase 

of $36.3 million. Additional investments have been made in 2021 for new and expanded facilities 
and branches, including the new CIMCO head office, and two new rental locations (Collingwood 
and Mississauga, Ontario). In 2020, spending plans were adjusted to reflect  weaker economic 
conditions. 
Investments in property, plant and equipment included: 

  $35.8 million for land and buildings for new and expanded branches (2020 - $9.2 million);  
  $24.0 million for service vehicles (2020 - $15.0 million);  
  $3.9 million for upgrades and enhancements to information technology infrastructure and 

furniture and fixtures (2020 - $3.6 million); and 

  $5.0 million for machinery and equipment (2020 - $4.6 million). 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities  

Financing activities used $148.1 million in 2021 versus $90.9 million in 2020. 

In 2021, the Company purchased and cancelled 470,600 common shares at an average cost of 
$106.25  (including  transaction  costs)  for  $50.0  million.  In  2020,  the  Company  purchased  and 
cancelled 67,800 common shares for $4.0 million (average cost of $59.62 per share, including 
transaction costs) under the NCIB program in place at that time. 

Other significant sources and uses of cash from financing activities included: 

  Dividends  paid  to  common  shareholders  of  $109.1  million  or  $1.36  per  share                          

(2020 - $98.5 million or $1.20 per share); 

  Cash received on exercise of share options of $21.8 million (2020 - $22.4 million); and 
  Lease liability payments of $9.9 million (2020 - $10.3 million).  

Cash generated from operations increased 17% compared to prior year primarily on higher net 

earnings. 

OUTLOOK 

The  emergency  measures  enacted  in  early  2020,  to  combat  the  spread  of  COVID-19  have 
affected  economies  and  disrupted  business  operations  around  the  world.  Staff  shortages, 
reduced customer activity and demand, product availability and other supplier constraints, cost 
increases and increased government regulations or intervention, are some of the factors that have 
and may continue to negatively impact our business, consolidated financial results and conditions 
of the Company. While vaccination programs are underway and generally restrictions are easing 
across most of our territories, there is ongoing concern and uncertainty regarding potential new 
COVID-19 variants.  As a result it is not possible to reliably estimate the length and severity of 
these developments as well as the impact on the consolidated financial results and condition of 
the Company in future periods. 

We are closely monitoring inflationary pressures from price and wage increases. Initiatives are 
underway across all of our operations to improve efficiency and leverage the learnings from the 
last  two  years,  including  use  of  technology  and  innovative  ways  to  engage  with  customers, 
employees and other partners with reduced travel. 

The  ongoing  challenges  in  the  global  supply  chain  have  resulted  in  delivery  date  delays  for 
equipment,  components  and  parts  and  this  is  expected  to  continue.  We  continue  to  actively 
manage supply chain constraints by taking appropriate mitigation steps in collaboration with our 
key  suppliers  and  our  customers,  such  as  actively  sourcing  used  equipment,  optimizing 
preparation time on equipment, and offering rebuilds and rental options. We expect a tight supply 
environment to continue.  

15 

16 

25

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
             
             
             
              
              
              
             
             
              
              
            
              
                     
                     
             
             
The protection and support of our people remains a priority, particularly, our front-line technical 
workforce who provide valuable service to our customers. Workforce planning initiatives, including 
hiring and scheduling, continue in light of current and expected activity levels. 

The Equipment Group’s parts and service business provides stability supported by a large and 
diversified  installed  base  of  equipment.  The  on-going  integration  and  alignment  of  operating 
systems, best practices and culture, continues across our territory. Prior to the outbreak, the long-
term outlook for infrastructure projects and other construction activity was positive across most 
territories.  Mining  customers  and jurisdictions they  operate in  continue to evaluate appropriate 
activity  levels  on  a  daily/weekly  basis.  Longer term, mine  expansion  will  remain dependent  on 
global economic and financial conditions. 

Investment  continues  in  broadening  product  lines,  the  branch  network,  rental  fleets,  and 
technologies  to  create  efficiency  and  effectiveness  across  the  organization.    Product  support 
technologies, such as remote diagnostics, telematics and digital information models support and 
expand our strategic platform.   

CIMCO’s installed base and product support levels should underpin current and future operations 
and  growth  trends.  CIMCO  has  a  wide  product  offering  using  natural  refrigerants  including 
innovative  CO2  solutions,  which  remains  a  differentiator  in  recreational  markets.  In  industrial 
markets,  CIMCO’s  proven  track  record  and  strong  geographical  coverage  provides  growth 
opportunities. Recreational markets have been limited due to pandemic restrictions, however over 
the longer term, opportunity exists. Current backlogs are supportive of future activity. 

The  diversity  of  the  markets  served,  expanding  product  offering  and  services,  strong  financial 
position and disciplined operating culture position the Company well for continued positive results 
in the long term. 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS  

Contractual  obligations  are  set  out  in  the  following  table.  Management  believes  that  these 
obligations will be met comfortably through cash on hand, cash generated from operations and 
existing long-term financing facilities.  

Payments due by year
($ thousands)
Long-term debt
  - principal
  - interest

Accounts payable and 
accrued liabilities
Lease liabilities

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026 Thereafter

Total

$        
-
24,765

$        
-
24,765

$        
-
24,765

$ 

150,000
23,374

$        
-
19,200

$ 

500,000
16,000

$    

650,000
132,869

573,363
7,833
605,961

$ 

-
5,779
30,544

$   

-
3,966
28,731

$   

-
1,187
174,561

$ 

-
452
19,652

$   

-
396
516,396

$ 

573,363
19,613
1,375,845

$ 

The above table does not include obligations related to defined benefit pension plans. Regular 
contributions are made to registered defined benefit pension plans in order to fund the pension 
obligations  as  required.  Funding  levels  are  monitored  regularly  and  reset  with  new  actuarial 
funding valuations at least every three years. Contributions in 2021 totaled $21.3 million, including 
certain defined benefit pension payments, which are made directly by the Company. Based on 

17 

26

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
     
     
     
     
     
      
   
          
          
          
          
          
      
      
      
      
      
         
          
       
The protection and support of our people remains a priority, particularly, our front-line technical 

workforce who provide valuable service to our customers. Workforce planning initiatives, including 

hiring and scheduling, continue in light of current and expected activity levels. 

The Equipment Group’s parts and service business provides stability supported by a large and 

diversified  installed  base  of  equipment.  The  on-going  integration  and  alignment  of  operating 

systems, best practices and culture, continues across our territory. Prior to the outbreak, the long-

term outlook for infrastructure projects and other construction activity was positive across most 

territories.  Mining  customers  and jurisdictions they  operate in  continue to evaluate appropriate 

activity  levels  on  a  daily/weekly  basis.  Longer term, mine  expansion  will  remain  dependent  on 

global economic and financial conditions. 

Investment  continues  in  broadening  product  lines,  the  branch  network,  rental  fleets,  and 

technologies  to  create  efficiency  and  effectiveness  across  the  organization.    Product  support 

technologies, such as remote diagnostics, telematics and digital information models support and 

expand our strategic platform.   

CIMCO’s installed base and product support levels should underpin current and future operations 

and  growth  trends.  CIMCO  has  a  wide  product  offering  using  natural  refrigerants  including 

innovative  CO2  solutions,  which  remains  a  differentiator  in  recreational  markets.  In  industrial 

markets,  CIMCO’s  proven  track  record  and  strong  geographical  coverage  provides  growth 

opportunities. Recreational markets have been limited due to pandemic restrictions, however over 

the longer term, opportunity exists. Current backlogs are supportive of future activity. 

The  diversity  of  the  markets  served,  expanding  product  offering  and  services,  strong  financial 

position and disciplined operating culture position the Company well for continued positive results 

in the long term. 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS  

Contractual  obligations  are  set  out  in  the  following  table.  Management  believes  that  these 

obligations will be met comfortably through cash on hand, cash generated from operations and 

existing long-term financing facilities.  

Payments due by year

($ thousands)

Long-term debt

  - principal

  - interest

Accounts payable and 

accrued liabilities

Lease liabilities

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026 Thereafter

Total

$        

-

$        

-

$        

-

$ 

150,000

$        

-

$ 

500,000

$    

650,000

24,765

24,765

24,765

23,374

19,200

16,000

132,869

573,363

7,833

-

-

-

5,779

3,966

1,187

-

452

-

396

573,363

19,613

$ 

605,961

$   

30,544

$   

28,731

$ 

174,561

$   

19,652

$ 

516,396

$ 

1,375,845

The above table does not include obligations related to defined benefit pension plans. Regular 

contributions are made to registered defined benefit pension plans in order to fund the pension 

obligations  as  required.  Funding  levels  are  monitored  regularly  and  reset  with  new  actuarial 

funding valuations at least every three years. Contributions in 2021 totaled $21.3 million, including 

certain defined benefit pension payments, which are made directly by the Company. Based on 

17 

the most recent valuations completed, funding contributions and pension payments are expected 
to be approximately $12.1 million in 2022.  

KEY PERFORMANCE MEASURES  

Management reviews and monitors its activities and the performance indicators it believes are 
critical to measuring success. Some of the key financial performance measures are summarized 
in the following table. Others include, but are not limited to, measures such as market share, fleet 
utilization, customer and employee satisfaction, and employee health and safety.  

Years ended December 31, 
EXPANDING MARKETS AND BROADENING 
PRODUCT OFFERINGS
Revenue growth
Revenue per employee (thousands)

STRENGTHENING PRODUCT SUPPORT

Product support revenue growth

INVESTING IN OUR RESOURCES

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

11.7%
625

$      

-5.4%
554

$      

5.0%
575

$      

49.1%
573

$      

22.9%
487

$      

5.3%

-4.4%

10.1%

60.4%

16.3%

Investment in information technology (millions)
Return on capital employed  (1)

$     

35.2
26.6%

$     

37.7
20.4%

$     

34.8
22.9%

$     

27.4
21.7%

$     

15.0
21.5%

STRONG FINANCIAL POSITION

Non-cash working capital (millions) (1)
Net debt to total capitalization (1)
Book value (shareholders' equity) per share

BUILD SHAREHOLDER VALUE

Basic earnings per share growth 
Dividends per share growth
Return on equity  (1)

$   

$   

377.9
-16%
23.69

$   

$   

486.8
3%
20.60

$   

$   

463.7
15%
18.70

$   

$   

309.5
18%
16.35

$   

$   

608.8
40%
13.89

30.0% -11.9%
14.8%
16.6%

9.7%
19.6%

13.5%
17.4%
21.4%

39.4%
21.1%
22.3%

11.6%
5.6%
19.3%

(1) Defined in the sections titled "Additional GAAP Measures and Non-GAAP Measures".

Measuring Toromont’s results against these strategies over the past five years illustrates that the 
Company  has  delivered  steady  growth.  2021  has  seen  a  gradual  recovery  to  pre-pandemic 
comparative  years  with  good  operating  performance,  financial  results,  cash  generation  and 
financial  position  through  a  challenging  business  environment.  Results  in  2020  reflect  the 
pandemic which resulted in lower economic activity levels in our markets, negatively impacting 
many  of  the  key  performance  measures.  Since  the  beginning  of  the  pandemic,  Toromont 
remained  focused  on  three  priorities,  namely,  safeguarding  our  employees,  servicing  our 
customers’ needs and protecting our business for the future. 

The addition of the Quebec and Maritimes territories in October 2017, provided a larger platform 
for continued growth. The 2018 amounts shown above include one full year of operations in the 
acquired territories, and are fully comparable from 2019 to 2021. Results for 2017 include the two 
months of operations under Toromont’s ownership, thereby affecting the comparability of results. 

Since  2017,  revenues  increased  at  an  average  annual  rate  of  16.7%,  with  product  support 

18 

27

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
     
     
     
     
     
     
      
   
          
          
          
          
          
      
      
      
      
      
         
          
       
growing at 17.5% annually. Over this period, revenue growth has been mainly a result of:  

 

 

In 2017 and 2018, the acquisition of the Hewitt Group of Companies, which contributed 
$242.6 million and $1.3 billion to revenue respectively; 
Increased customer demand in certain market segments, most notably construction and 
mining; 

Increased customer demand for formal product support agreements;  

  Organic growth through increased rental fleet size and additional branches;  
 
  Additional product offerings over the years from Caterpillar and other suppliers; and 
  Governmental funding programs that provide support for infrastructure spending. 

Over the same five-year period, revenue growth has been constrained at times by a number of 
factors including:  

  The  COVID-19  pandemic,  first  identified  in  March  2020,  which  resulted  in  a  significant 
downturn  in  economic  activity  and  disrupting  normal  operations  in  part  from  site 
restrictions and closures which impacted the timing of delivery of project schedules 
Inability  to  source  equipment  and  parts  from  suppliers  to  meet  customer  demand  or 
delivery schedules, as a result of specific supplier issues or more recently due to global 
supply chain disruption caused by the pandemic; 

 

  Economic weakness and uncertainty, both generally and in specific markets or sectors;  
  Volatility in commodity prices; 
  Competitive conditions;  
  Ability to hire necessary skilled technicians to service market demand; and 

Changes in the Canadian/US exchange rate also affect reported revenues as the exchange rate 
impacts the purchase price of equipment that, in turn, is reflected in selling prices. Since 2017, 
the average annual exchange rate of the Canadian dollar against the US dollar has varied from 
$0.75 to $ 0.80, however, there have been periods of higher volatility, with the dollar ranging from 
a low of $0.69 to a high of $0.83. 

Toromont continues to invest in its resources, including investment in information technology, in 
part  to  increase  productivity  levels,  as  well  as  to  maintain  our  systems  to  be  relevant  in  the 
ever-changing technological environment in which we operate.  

Toromont continues to maintain a strong balance sheet. Leverage, as represented by the ratio of 
net  debt  to  total  capitalization,  was  -16%  at  the  end  of  2021  versus  3%  at  the  end  of  2020. 
Leverage of 40% at the end of 2017 reflects borrowings used to finance in part the acquisition of 
the Quebec/Maritimes Caterpillar dealership. Strong cash generation since that time has served 
to consistently decrease leverage on a sequential basis. 

Toromont has paid dividends consistently since 1968 and has increased the dividend in each of 
the last 33 years. The Company declared dividends of $1.36 per common share in 2021, $0.31 
in the first quarter and $0.35 per each subsequent quarter of the year (2020 - $1.24 per common 
share  or  $0.31  per  quarter).  The  regular  quarterly  dividend  rate  was  increased  12.9%  from 
$0.31 per share to $0.35 per share in the second quarter of 2021, evidencing our commitment to 
delivering exceptional shareholder value.  

19 

28

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$     

(36,150)
(60,912)
24,762
3,174
21,588
(397)
248
21,737
5,097

$ change % change
(4%)
(8%)
10% 
3% 
17% 
(5%)
(8%)
18% 
15% 

CONSOLIDATED FOURTH QUARTER OPERATING RESULTS 

Three months ended December 31

($ thousands, except per share amounts)
REVENUES
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit
Selling and administrative expenses
OPERATING INCOME
Interest expense
Interest and investment income
Income before income taxes
Income taxes

$    

2021
956,035
686,785
269,250
120,480
148,770
6,889
(2,827)
144,708
39,118

$    

2020
992,185
747,697
244,488
117,306
127,182
7,286
(3,075)
122,971
34,021

 

 

 

mining; 

growing at 17.5% annually. Over this period, revenue growth has been mainly a result of:  

In 2017 and 2018, the acquisition of the Hewitt Group of Companies, which contributed 

$242.6 million and $1.3 billion to revenue respectively; 

Increased customer demand in certain market segments, most notably construction and 

  Organic growth through increased rental fleet size and additional branches;  

Increased customer demand for formal product support agreements;  

  Additional product offerings over the years from Caterpillar and other suppliers; and 

  Governmental funding programs that provide support for infrastructure spending. 

Over the same five-year period, revenue growth has been constrained at times by a number of 

factors including:  

  The  COVID-19  pandemic,  first  identified  in  March  2020,  which  resulted  in  a  significant 

downturn  in  economic  activity  and  disrupting  normal  operations  in  part  from  site 

restrictions and closures which impacted the timing of delivery of project schedules 

 

Inability  to  source  equipment  and  parts  from  suppliers  to  meet  customer  demand  or 

delivery schedules, as a result of specific supplier issues or more recently due to global 

supply chain disruption caused by the pandemic; 

  Economic weakness and uncertainty, both generally and in specific markets or sectors;  

  Volatility in commodity prices; 

  Competitive conditions;  

  Ability to hire necessary skilled technicians to service market demand; and 

Changes in the Canadian/US exchange rate also affect reported revenues as the exchange rate 

impacts the purchase price of equipment that, in turn, is reflected in selling prices. Since 2017, 

the average annual exchange rate of the Canadian dollar against the US dollar has varied from 

$0.75 to $ 0.80, however, there have been periods of higher volatility, with the dollar ranging from 

a low of $0.69 to a high of $0.83. 

Toromont continues to invest in its resources, including investment in information technology, in 

part  to  increase  productivity  levels,  as  well  as  to  maintain  our  systems  to  be  relevant  in  the 

ever-changing technological environment in which we operate.  

Toromont continues to maintain a strong balance sheet. Leverage, as represented by the ratio of 

net  debt  to  total  capitalization,  was  -16%  at  the  end  of  2021  versus  3%  at  the  end  of  2020. 

Leverage of 40% at the end of 2017 reflects borrowings used to finance in part the acquisition of 

the Quebec/Maritimes Caterpillar dealership. Strong cash generation since that time has served 

to consistently decrease leverage on a sequential basis. 

Toromont has paid dividends consistently since 1968 and has increased the dividend in each of 

the last 33 years. The Company declared dividends of $1.36 per common share in 2021, $0.31 

in the first quarter and $0.35 per each subsequent quarter of the year (2020 - $1.24 per common 

share  or  $0.31  per  quarter).  The  regular  quarterly  dividend  rate  was  increased  12.9%  from 

$0.31 per share to $0.35 per share in the second quarter of 2021, evidencing our commitment to 

delivering exceptional shareholder value.  

NET EARNINGS

105,590

88,950

16,640

BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE

$         

1.28

$         

1.08

$         

0.20

19% 

19% 

KEY RATIOS:
Gross profit margin
Selling and administrative expenses as a % of revenues
Operating income margin
Income taxes as a % of income before income taxes

28.2%
12.6%
15.6%
27.0%

24.6%
11.8%
12.8%
27.7%

Revenues  in  the  fourth  quarter  were  lower  in  both  the  Equipment  Group  and  CIMCO,  while 
improved gross margin on sales mix and market conditions resulted in higher net earnings.   

The  timing  of  customer  orders  in  both  2020  and  2021  have  been  impacted  by  the  pandemic, 
including  lower  economic  activity,  market  uncertainty  and  global  supply  chain  disruptions.  For 
some  customers,  orders  were  accelerated  earlier  in  2021,  while  in  other  situations,  ordering 
and/or delivery has been deferred into 2022. Rental activity increased with good market activity 
and constrained equipment supply. Product support activity continued in both Groups, supported 
by the essential nature of these services, up 3% in the quarter compared to last year.  

Gross profit margin increased 360 bps to 28.2% in the quarter, with higher reported gross margins 
in both the Equipment Group and CIMCO. Strong demand, good execution and a favourable sales 
mix were all factors in the increase. 

Selling and administrative expenses increased $3.2 million or 3% in the fourth quarter compared 
to the prior year. Expenses in 2021 include a $5.0 million charge related to an annuity purchase 
to  settle  defined  benefit  pension  obligations  for  certain  retirees.  Benefits  under  the  CEWS 
program  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2020  totalled  $4.7  million  (2021  -  $nil).  The  mark-to-market 
expense on DSUs was $1.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2021 compared to $5.2 million in the 
fourth quarter of 2020. Excluding these three items, expenses were down $2.8 million or 2% in 
the quarter.  Compensation  costs  increased  on  higher  headcount,  annual  salary  increases  and 
higher profit sharing accruals on the higher earnings. Sales related and other travel and training 
expenses were $1.4 million lower in light of lower market activity and travel restrictions. 

Operating income increased $21.6 million or 17% reflecting the  higher gross margins, partially 
offset by higher expenses. Operating income margin increased 280 bps to 15.6%. 

Interest expense decreased $0.4 million in the quarter due to lower financing costs related to the 
reduced debt levels.  

19 

20 

29

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
      
      
      
      
        
      
      
         
      
      
        
         
         
           
        
        
            
      
      
        
        
        
         
      
        
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income decreased $0.2 million resulting from lower interest from conversions of RPOs 
offset by higher interest earned on average cash balances, reflective of market interest rates. 

The effective income tax rate for the fourth quarter was 27.0% compared to 27.7% in 2020.  

Net earnings in the quarter were up $16.6 million or 19% to $105.6 million. Basic EPS increased 
$0.20 or 19% to $1.28 versus $1.08 in 2020.  

BUSINESS SEGMENT FOURTH QUARTER OPERATING RESULTS 

Equipment Group  

Three months ended December 31

($ thousands)
Equipment sales and rentals
    New
    Used
    Rentals
Total equipment sales and rentals
Product support 
Power generation
Total revenues
Operating income

2021

2020

$ change % change

$     

$    

$      

313,232
78,878
112,742
504,852
359,403
2,715
866,970
135,302

335,035
111,446
100,448
546,929
347,153
2,822
896,904
114,976

$     
$     

$    
$    

$      
$       

(21,803)
(32,568)
12,294
(42,077)
12,250
(107)
(29,934)
20,326

(7%)
(29%)
12% 
(8%)
4% 
(4%)
(3%)
18% 

Bookings ($ millions)

$         

618.9

$        

563.3

$          

55.6

10% 

KEY RATIOS:
Product support revenues as a % of total revenues
Operating income margin
Group total revenues as a % of consolidated revenues

41.5%
15.6%
90.7%

38.7%
12.8%
90.4%

The Equipment Group delivered results reflective of pandemic related factors that override normal 
seasonality in the quarter, with lower revenues and higher operating income. The last quarter of 
the year has historically been the strongest for the Equipment Group, however the impact of the 
pandemic  over  the  past  two  years,  and  more  recent  supply  chain  disruptions  has  altered  this 
trend. Delivery schedules have been altered based on customer requirements, with some pulled 
forward earlier in the year and some being deferred into 2022. Strong focus on cost containment 
strategies  and  improved  margins  based  on  market  demand  has  served  to  improve  operating 
income. 

Total equipment sales (new and used) decreased $54.4 million or 12%. Sales decreased across 
most markets and regions, mainly due to timing of delivery and supply chain challenges. Sales 
declines  were  as  follows:  construction  (-10%),  mining  (-18%),  power  systems  (-23%),  material 
handling (-7%) and agricultural markets (-1%).  

Rental  revenues  increased  $12.3 million  or  12%.  All  markets  and  most  segments  were  higher 
reflecting the continued improvement in market activity. Revenue growth in the quarter for each 
market  was  as  follows:  Light  equipment  rentals  +11%,  Power  +28%,  Heavy  rental  in  the 
construction  market  +7%  and Material  Handling  +15%.  Rental  revenues from  RPO  equipment 
were up 10%.   

21 

30

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
      
       
       
      
         
       
      
       
       
      
         
          
         
            
Interest income decreased $0.2 million resulting from lower interest from conversions of RPOs 

offset by higher interest earned on average cash balances, reflective of market interest rates. 

The effective income tax rate for the fourth quarter was 27.0% compared to 27.7% in 2020.  

Net earnings in the quarter were up $16.6 million or 19% to $105.6 million. Basic EPS increased 

$0.20 or 19% to $1.28 versus $1.08 in 2020.  

BUSINESS SEGMENT FOURTH QUARTER OPERATING RESULTS 

Equipment Group  

Three months ended December 31

Equipment sales and rentals

($ thousands)

    New

    Used

    Rentals

Total equipment sales and rentals

Product support 

Power generation

Total revenues

Operating income

2021

2020

$ change % change

$     

313,232

$    

335,035

$      

(21,803)

78,878

112,742

504,852

359,403

2,715

111,446

100,448

546,929

347,153

2,822

(32,568)

12,294

(42,077)

12,250

(107)

$     

866,970

$     

135,302

$    

896,904

$      

(29,934)

$    

114,976

$       

20,326

(7%)

(29%)

12% 

(8%)

4% 

(4%)

(3%)

18% 

Bookings ($ millions)

$         

618.9

$        

563.3

$          

55.6

10% 

KEY RATIOS:

Product support revenues as a % of total revenues

Operating income margin

Group total revenues as a % of consolidated revenues

41.5%

15.6%

90.7%

38.7%

12.8%

90.4%

The Equipment Group delivered results reflective of pandemic related factors that override normal 

seasonality in the quarter, with lower revenues and higher operating income. The last quarter of 

the year has historically been the strongest for the Equipment Group, however the impact of the 

pandemic  over  the  past  two  years,  and  more  recent  supply  chain  disruptions  has  altered  this 

trend. Delivery schedules have been altered based on customer requirements, with some pulled 

forward earlier in the year and some being deferred into 2022. Strong focus on cost containment 

strategies  and  improved  margins  based  on  market  demand  has  served  to  improve  operating 

income. 

Total equipment sales (new and used) decreased $54.4 million or 12%. Sales decreased across 

most markets and regions, mainly due to timing of delivery and supply chain challenges. Sales 

declines  were  as  follows:  construction  (-10%),  mining  (-18%),  power  systems  (-23%),  material 

handling (-7%) and agricultural markets (-1%).  

Rental  revenues  increased  $12.3 million  or  12%.  All  markets  and  most  segments  were  higher 

reflecting the continued improvement in market activity. Revenue growth in the quarter for each 

market  was  as  follows:  Light  equipment  rentals  +11%,  Power  +28%,  Heavy  rental  in  the 

construction  market  +7%  and  Material  Handling  +15%.  Rental  revenues from  RPO  equipment 

were up 10%.   

21 

Product  support  revenues  increased  $12.3  million  or  4%  on  high  parts  (up  3%)  and 
service (up 6%).  Activity  levels  were  good  across  most  market  segments.  Parts  revenues  in 
construction  were  up  14%,  offset  by  lower  mining  (-6%)  and  power  systems  (-14%).  Service 
revenues were up in mining (+29%) and material handling (+16), partially offset by decreases in 
construction (-6%) and power systems (-3%).  

Gross  margins  increased  330  bps  in  the  quarter  versus  last  year.  Equipment  margins  were 
up 100 bps,  reflecting  strong  demand  and  tight  supply.  Product  support  margins  increased 
80 bps, reflecting improved efficiency on higher volumes. Rental gross margins were up 50 bps, 
reflective of higher utilization as well as fleet adjustments (selective dispositions and additions) 
over the last year. Sales mix was also favourable (up 100 bps) with a larger proportion of product 
support revenues to total revenues. 

Selling and administrative expenses increased $0.9 million or 1%. Expenses in 2021 include a 
$5.0  million  charge  related  to  the  annuity  purchase  in  settlement  of  defined  benefit  pension 
obligations for certain retirees. Benefits under the CEWS program in the fourth quarter of 2020 
totalled $4.1 million. Excluding these two items, expenses were down $8.3 million or 8% in the 
quarter reflecting the benefit of a continued focus on cost control. Compensation costs were lower 
on  a  reduction  in  mark-to-market  expense  on  DSUs  in  the  quarter  and  normal  year-end 
adjustments  to  profit  sharing  accruals.  Other  compensation  costs  were  higher  on  higher 
headcount and annual salary and wage increases. Certain costs such as travel and training have 
increased as activity returns and certain restrictions ease, and investments continue after a period 
of restrained spending.   

Operating income increased $20.3 million or 18% in the quarter. Operating income was 15.6% as 
a percentage of revenues, 280 bps higher than the comparable period last year, mainly reflecting 
the higher gross margins.  

Bookings increased $55.6 million or 10% to $618.9 million reflecting strong activity in construction 
(+12%) and power systems (+34%). This was partially offset by lower orders in material handling 
(-22%), mining (-3%), and agricultural (-2%).  

CIMCO  

Three months ended December 31

($ thousands)
Package sales
Product support 
Total revenues
Operating income

2021
48,103
40,962
89,065
13,468

$   

$   
$   

2020
53,934
41,347
95,281
12,206

$   

$   
$   

$ change % change
(11%)
$    
(1%)
(7%)
10% 

(5,831)
(385)
(6,216)
1,262

$    
$     

Bookings ($ millions)

$       

55.9

$       

24.5

$       

31.4

128% 

KEY RATIOS:
Product support revenues as a % of total revenues
Operating income margin
Group total revenues as a % of consolidated revenues

46.0%
15.1%
9.3%

43.4%
12.8%
9.6%

Revenues in the fourth quarter were lower reflecting timing of customers’ construction schedules. 
Order  bookings  improved  in  the  quarter  versus  the  same  quarter  of  2020  and  sequentially,  a 

22 

31

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
      
       
       
      
         
       
      
       
       
      
         
          
         
            
positive sign of market activity. Operating income improved reflecting good execution and sales 
mix, offset by higher expenses.   

Package revenues were down $5.8 million or 11% in the quarter compared to last year. In Canada 
revenues were down 15%, mainly due to a decrease in recreational markets (-42%), while the 
industrial segment remained flat. Equipment supply issues and customer delays have deferred 
some projects, and the recreational market was slow for most of the last year due to COVID-19 
restrictions  and  closures.  In  the  US,  package  sales  were  up  14%  on  strong  industrial 
activity (+50%), while the recreational market was unchanged.  

Product support revenues were down slightly from last year as growth in Canada (+4%) was more 
than offset by a decrease in the US (-13%). In Canada, economic activity has improved and site 
restrictions in most areas, including recreational facilities, easing late in the quarter. 

Gross  margins  increased  580  bps  in  the  quarter  on  good  execution  and  sales  mix.  Package 
margins  increased  480  bps  while  product  support  margins  increased  60  bps.  Sales  mix  was 
favourable, with a higher proportion of product support revenues to total revenues (up 40 bps).  

Selling and administrative expenses increased $2.3 million or 19%. Bad debt expense increased 
$1.3 million from the similar period reflecting  certain collection matters. In the fourth quarter of 
2020,  governmental  subsidies  under  the  CEWS  program  reduced  expenses  by  $0.6  million 
(2021 – nil). All other expenses, including compensation increased $0.4 million or 3%, on higher 
staffing  levels  and  normal  annual  salary  increases,  offset  by  year-end  adjustments  to  certain 
payroll expense accruals following completion of a new payroll and HRIS system in the year.  

Operating  income  increased  $1.3  million  in  the  quarter  on  improved  gross  margins,  offset  by 
higher  selling  and  administrative  expense.  As  a  percentage  of  revenues,  operating  income 
improved to 15.1% in 2021, versus 12.8% in 2020. 

Bookings increased $31.4 million or 128% to $55.9 million on stronger orders in both Canada and 
the US, after a period of slower activity given pandemic closures and restrictions. Recreational 
orders were up in Canada (+83%) and the US (+403%), along with industrial orders which were 
up in Canada (+102%) and the US (+57%). 

QUARTERLY RESULTS  

The following table summarizes quarterly consolidated financial data for the eight most recently 
completed quarters. This quarterly information is unaudited but has been prepared on the same 
basis as the 2021 annual audited consolidated financial statements.  

23 

32

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
mix, offset by higher expenses.   

Package revenues were down $5.8 million or 11% in the quarter compared to last year. In Canada 

revenues were down 15%, mainly due to a decrease in recreational markets (-42%), while the 

industrial segment remained flat. Equipment supply issues and customer delays have deferred 

some projects, and the recreational market was slow for most of the last year due to COVID-19 

restrictions  and  closures.  In  the  US,  package  sales  were  up  14%  on  strong  industrial 

activity (+50%), while the recreational market was unchanged.  

Product support revenues were down slightly from last year as growth in Canada (+4%) was more 

than offset by a decrease in the US (-13%). In Canada, economic activity has improved and site 

restrictions in most areas, including recreational facilities, easing late in the quarter. 

Gross  margins  increased  580  bps  in  the  quarter  on  good  execution  and  sales  mix.  Package 

margins  increased  480  bps  while  product  support  margins  increased  60  bps.  Sales  mix  was 

favourable, with a higher proportion of product support revenues to total revenues (up 40 bps).  

Selling and administrative expenses increased $2.3 million or 19%. Bad debt expense increased 

$1.3 million from the similar period reflecting  certain collection matters. In the fourth quarter of 

2020,  governmental  subsidies  under  the  CEWS  program  reduced  expenses  by  $0.6  million 

(2021 – nil). All other expenses, including compensation increased $0.4 million or 3%, on higher 

staffing  levels  and  normal  annual  salary  increases,  offset  by  year-end  adjustments  to  certain 

payroll expense accruals following completion of a new payroll and HRIS system in the year.  

Operating  income  increased  $1.3  million  in  the  quarter  on  improved  gross  margins,  offset  by 

higher  selling  and  administrative  expense.  As  a  percentage  of  revenues,  operating  income 

improved to 15.1% in 2021, versus 12.8% in 2020. 

Bookings increased $31.4 million or 128% to $55.9 million on stronger orders in both Canada and 

the US, after a period of slower activity given pandemic closures and restrictions. Recreational 

orders were up in Canada (+83%) and the US (+403%), along with industrial orders which were 

up in Canada (+102%) and the US (+57%). 

QUARTERLY RESULTS  

The following table summarizes quarterly consolidated financial data for the eight most recently 

completed quarters. This quarterly information is unaudited but has been prepared on the same 

basis as the 2021 annual audited consolidated financial statements.  

positive sign of market activity. Operating income improved reflecting good execution and sales 

($ thousands, except per share amounts)

Q1 2021

Q2 2021

Q3 2021

Q4 2021

REVENUES
  Equipment Group
  CIMCO
 Total revenues

$      727,383  $   1,016,545  $      914,386  $      866,970 
          78,855          110,521            82,812            89,065 
$      806,238  $   1,127,066  $      997,198  $      956,035 

NET EARNINGS

$        47,956  $        85,400  $        93,764  $      105,590 

PER SHARE INFORMATION:
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
Dividends paid per share

Weighted average common shares 
outstanding - basic (in thousands)

$           
1.28
$           
1.27
 $           0.31   $           0.35   $           0.35   $           0.35 

$           
$           

$           
$           

$           
$           

1.13
1.12

1.03
1.02

0.58
0.58

          82,499            82,587            82,705            82,401 

($ thousands, except per share amounts)

Q1 2020

Q2 2020

Q3 2020

Q4 2020

REVENUES
  Equipment Group
  CIMCO
 Total revenues

NET EARNINGS

PER SHARE INFORMATION:
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
Dividends paid per share

Weighted average common shares 
outstanding - basic (in thousands)

$      657,776  $      776,703  $      834,716  $      896,904 
          57,683            72,894            86,940            95,281 
$      715,459  $      849,597  $      921,656  $      992,185 

$        37,396  $        51,210  $        77,359  $        88,950 

1.08
$           
$           
1.07
 $           0.27   $           0.31   $           0.31   $           0.31 

$           
$           

$           
$           

$           
$           

0.62
0.62

0.46
0.45

0.94
0.94

          82,015            82,024            82,195            82,373 

Interim period revenues and earnings historically reflect variability from quarter to quarter due to 
seasonality. The pandemic and resulting impact on the economy, including global supply chains, 
has  affected  seasonal  trends  in  2021  and  may  result  in  continued  variations  to  historically 
experienced trends. 

The  Equipment  Group  has  historically  had  a  distinct  seasonal  trend  in  activity  levels.  Lower 
revenues  are  recorded  during  the  first  quarter  due  to  winter  shutdowns  in  the  construction 
industry. The fourth quarter had typically been the strongest due in part to the timing of customers’ 
capital investment decisions, delivery of equipment from suppliers for customer-specific orders 
and conversions of equipment on rent with a purchase option. This pattern is impacted by the 
timing of significant sales to mining and other customers, resulting from the timing of mine site 
development and access, and construction project schedules. This trend can also be impacted 
during periods of equipment supply constraints from suppliers. 

CIMCO has also had a distinct seasonal trend in results historically, as the timing of construction 
activity impacts revenue recognition under percentage-of-completion accounting. Lower revenues 
are  recorded  during  the  first  quarter  as  winter  weather  slows  down  construction  schedules. 
Revenues increase in subsequent quarters as construction schedules ramp up. This trend can be 
impacted  by  governmental  funding  initiatives,  supply  constraints  and  customer  timing  of 
significant industrial projects. Sequential comparisons are also impacted by CIMCO’s relatively 

23 

24 

33

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
high fixed cost structure. 

Historically, inventories have increased through the year to meet the expected demand for higher 
deliveries  in  the  third  and  fourth  quarter.  This  trend  can  be  impacted  by  equipment  and  parts 
availability.  This seasonal sales trend also typically leads to accounts receivable to be at their 
highest level at year-end.  

In 2020 and 2021, these patterns were impacted by the governmental and market response and 
reaction to COVID-19. In 2021, demand for equipment was stronger through the first nine months 
of the year, on both delayed purchasing from 2020, as well as an acceleration of orders in light of 
global supply chain disruptions, thus impacting revenues in the fourth quarter. In 2020, the second 
quarter experienced the most significant slowdown in market activity.  

Net  earnings  have  generally  followed  the  trend  in  revenues.  Cost  reduction  and  containment 
strategies continue to be a focus, however have a delayed effect on net earnings.  

SELECTED ANNUAL INFORMATION  

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Revenues
Net earnings

Earnings per share ("EPS")

- Basic
- Diluted

Dividends declared per share

Total assets

Total long-term debt

Weighted average common shares outstanding - 
basic (in millions)

2021

2020

2019

$         
$            

3,886,537
332,710

$         
$            

3,478,897
254,915

$         
$            

3,678,705
286,800

$                  

4.03

$                  

3.10

$                  

3.52

$                  
$                  

4.00
1.36

$                  

3.09

$                  

3.49

$                  

1.24

$                  

1.08

$         

3,583,796

$         

3,346,792

$         

3,371,337

$            

646,337

$            

646,299

$            

645,471

82.5

82.2

81.6

Revenues  increased  12%  in  2021  versus  the  prior  year.  Equipment  Group  revenues 
increased 11% on strong equipment sales, higher rental revenue and product support reflecting 
the improvement in demand as pandemic restrictions eased compared to 2020. CIMCO revenues 
were up 15% on execution of several large industrial construction projects while product support 
activity was unchanged year-over-year.   

Revenues decreased 5% in 2020 compared to 2019. Equipment Group revenues decreased 5% 
on lower new equipment sales, rentals and product support revenues, reflecting a downturn in 
economic activity as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, slightly offset by higher used equipment 
sales.  CIMCO  revenues  were  down  7%  on  reduced  construction  and  product  support  activity 
stemming in part from site restrictions and closures related to the pandemic.  

Net earnings increased 31% in 2021, largely reflecting the 12% increase in revenues, improved 
gross margins in the Equipment Group, and a lower relative level of selling and administrative 
expenses to sales reflecting cost reductions implemented as a result of the pandemic. Financing 
costs were lower on a lower total value of committed credit facilities year-over-year.   

Net earnings decreased 11% in 2020 compared to 2019, largely reflecting the 5% reduction in 

25 

34

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                   
                   
                   
high fixed cost structure. 

Historically, inventories have increased through the year to meet the expected demand for higher 

deliveries  in  the  third  and  fourth  quarter.  This  trend  can  be  impacted  by  equipment  and  parts 

availability.  This seasonal sales trend also typically leads to accounts receivable to be at their 

highest level at year-end.  

In 2020 and 2021, these patterns were impacted by the governmental and market response and 

reaction to COVID-19. In 2021, demand for equipment was stronger through the first nine months 

of the year, on both delayed purchasing from 2020, as well as an acceleration of orders in light of 

global supply chain disruptions, thus impacting revenues in the fourth quarter. In 2020, the second 

quarter experienced the most significant slowdown in market activity.  

Net  earnings  have  generally  followed  the  trend  in  revenues.  Cost  reduction  and  containment 

strategies continue to be a focus, however have a delayed effect on net earnings.  

SELECTED ANNUAL INFORMATION  

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Revenues

Net earnings

- Basic

- Diluted

Earnings per share ("EPS")

2021

2020

2019

$         

3,886,537

$            

332,710

$         

3,478,897

$         

3,678,705

$            

254,915

$            

286,800

$                  

4.03

$                  

3.10

$                  

3.52

$                  

4.00

$                  

3.09

$                  

3.49

Dividends declared per share

$                  

1.36

$                  

1.24

$                  

1.08

Total assets

Total long-term debt

basic (in millions)

Weighted average common shares outstanding - 

$         

3,583,796

$         

3,346,792

$         

3,371,337

$            

646,337

$            

646,299

$            

645,471

82.5

82.2

81.6

Revenues  increased  12%  in  2021  versus  the  prior  year.  Equipment  Group  revenues 

increased 11% on strong equipment sales, higher rental revenue and product support reflecting 

the improvement in demand as pandemic restrictions eased compared to 2020. CIMCO revenues 

were up 15% on execution of several large industrial construction projects while product support 

activity was unchanged year-over-year.   

Revenues decreased 5% in 2020 compared to 2019. Equipment Group revenues decreased 5% 

on lower new equipment sales, rentals and product support revenues, reflecting a downturn in 

economic activity as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, slightly offset by higher used equipment 

sales.  CIMCO  revenues  were  down  7%  on  reduced  construction  and  product  support  activity 

stemming in part from site restrictions and closures related to the pandemic.  

Net earnings increased 31% in 2021, largely reflecting the 12% increase in revenues, improved 

gross margins in the Equipment Group, and a lower relative level of selling and administrative 

expenses to sales reflecting cost reductions implemented as a result of the pandemic. Financing 

costs were lower on a lower total value of committed credit facilities year-over-year.   

Net earnings decreased 11% in 2020 compared to 2019, largely reflecting the 5% reduction in 

revenues on lower economic activity resulting from the pandemic and governmental response. 
Selling and administrative expenses, while lower on the curtailment of non-essential expenditures, 
increased as a percentage of revenues. Financing costs increased on an additional committed 
credit facility and increased borrowings. 

Dividends  have  generally  increased  in  proportion  to  trailing  earnings  growth.  The  quarterly 
dividend rate continued to increase - in 2019 by 17.4% to $0.27 per share, in 2020, by 14.8% to 
$0.31 and in 2021 by 12.9% to $0.35 per share. The Company has paid dividends every year 
since 1968.  

Total assets increased 7% in 2021, largely on good free cash flow. Focus on accounts receivable 
has resulted in a reduction in DSO, while inventory levels have been constrained as a result of 
strong demand and supply chain delays. Investments in capital assets have been made to support 
growth.  In  2020,  total  assets  decreased  1%  compared  to  2019,  as  equipment  inventory  was 
intentionally reduced in reflection of lower economic activity. Investments in light equipment rental 
fleet was also reduced due to prevailing market conditions, as well as in recognition of the time 
required to absorb recent significant investments to full utilization. 

Long-term  debt  was  largely  unchanged  over  the  three  year  period  noted.  During  2021,  the 
Company renewed and extended the $500 million revolving credit facility to mature in November 
2026. The additional credit facility of $250 million taken out in 2020 was not renewed. 

RISKS AND RISK MANAGEMENT  

In the normal course of business, Toromont is exposed to risks  that may potentially impact its 
financial results in any or all of its business segments. The Company and each operating segment 
employ risk management strategies with a view to mitigating these risks on a cost-effective basis.  

Business Cycle 

Expenditures  on  capital  goods  have  historically  been  cyclical,  reflecting  a  variety  of  factors 
including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, consumer and business confidence, commodity 
prices,  corporate  profits,  credit  conditions  and  the  availability  of  capital  to  finance  purchases. 
Toromont’s customers are typically affected, to varying degrees, by these factors and trends in 
the general business cycle within their respective markets on both a global and local level. As a 
result, Toromont’s financial performance is affected by the impact of such business cycles on the 
Company’s customer base. 

Commodity prices, and, in particular, changes in the view on long-term trends, affect demand for 
the Company’s products and services in the Equipment Group. Commodity price movements in 
base and precious metals sectors in particular can have an impact on customers’ demands for 
equipment and service. Lower commodity prices reduces short term demand as development of 
new  and  existing  projects  may  be  curtailed  or  deferred,  leading  to  less  demand  for  heavy 
equipment. 

The business of the Company is diversified across a wide range of industry market segments, 
serving to temper the effects of business cycles on consolidated results. Continued diversification 
strategies such as expanding the Company’s customer base, broadening product offerings and 
geographic diversification are designed to moderate business cycle impacts. The Company has 
focused on the sale of specialized equipment and ongoing support through parts distribution and 

25 

26 

35

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                   
                   
                   
skilled  service.  Product  support  growth  has  been,  and  will  continue  to  be,  fundamental  to  the 
mitigation  of  downturns  in  the  business  cycle.  The  product  support  business  contributes 
significantly higher profit margins and is typically subject to less volatility than equipment supply 
activities. 

Product and Supply 

The Equipment Group purchases most of its equipment inventories and parts from Caterpillar Inc. 
(“Caterpillar”)  under  a  dealership  agreement  that  dates  back  to  1993.  As  is  customary  in 
distribution arrangements of this type, the agreement with Caterpillar can be terminated by either 
party upon 90 days’ notice. In the event Caterpillar terminates, it must repurchase substantially 
all  inventories  of  new  equipment  and  parts  at  cost.  Toromont  has  maintained  an  excellent 
relationship  with  Caterpillar  since  inception  and  management  expects  this  will  continue  going 
forward. 

Toromont  is  dependent  on  the  continued  market  acceptance  of  Caterpillar’s  products.  It  is 
believed  that  Caterpillar  has  a  solid  reputation  as  a  quality  manufacturer,  with  excellent  brand 
recognition  and  customer  support  as  well  as  strong  market  shares  in  many  of  the  markets  it 
serves. However, there can be no assurance that Caterpillar will be able to maintain its reputation 
and market position in the future. If Caterpillar is unsuccessful in developing and enhancing its 
product lines to meet evolving and sophisticated customer needs, is unable to maintain the quality 
of its products, or is unable to provide its products at competitive prices, market acceptance for 
Caterpillar  products  may  deteriorate  over  time.  Any  resulting  decrease  in  the  demand  for 
Caterpillar products could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, results of 
operations and future prospects. 

Toromont is also dependent on Caterpillar for timely supply of equipment and parts to meet our 
customers’  demand  for  equipment  deliveries  and  product  support  services.  From  time  to  time 
during  periods  of  intense  demand  and/or  supply  chain  disruptions,  Caterpillar  may  find  it 
necessary  to  allocate  its  supply  of  particular  products  among  its  dealers.  Such  allocations  of 
supply  have  not  in  the  past  proven  to  be  a  significant  impediment  in  the  conduct  of  business. 
When supply constraints have occurred in the past, we have been able to lessen the impact by 
utilizing  our  rental assets,  used  equipment,  and other  sources (such  as the  dealer  network)  to 
meet demand, but there can be no assurance of continued success in this area.  There can be 
no assurance that Caterpillar will continue to supply its products in the quantities and timeframes 
required  by  customers;  a  significant  disruption  to  our  supply  chain  could  adversely  affect  our 
business, results of operations and financial condition. 

Competition 

The  Company  competes  with  a  large  number  of  international,  national,  regional  and  local 
suppliers in each of its markets. Although price competition can be strong, there are a number of 
factors  that  have  enhanced  the  Company’s  ability  to  compete  throughout  its  market  areas 
including the range and quality of products and services, ability to meet sophisticated customer 
requirements,  distribution  capabilities  including  number  and  proximity  of  locations,  financing 
offered by Caterpillar Finance, e-commerce solutions, reputation and financial strength.  

Increased competitive pressures or the inability of the Company to maintain the factors that have 
enhanced its competitive position to date could adversely affect the Company’s business, results 
of operations or financial condition. 

27 

36

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
skilled  service.  Product  support  growth  has  been,  and  will  continue  to  be,  fundamental  to  the 

mitigation  of  downturns  in  the  business  cycle.  The  product  support  business  contributes 

significantly higher profit margins and is typically subject to less volatility than equipment supply 

activities. 

Product and Supply 

The Equipment Group purchases most of its equipment inventories and parts from Caterpillar Inc. 

(“Caterpillar”)  under  a  dealership  agreement  that  dates  back  to  1993.  As  is  customary  in 

distribution arrangements of this type, the agreement with Caterpillar can be terminated by either 

party upon 90 days’ notice. In the event Caterpillar terminates, it must repurchase substantially 

all  inventories  of  new  equipment  and  parts  at  cost.  Toromont  has  maintained  an  excellent 

relationship  with  Caterpillar  since  inception  and  management  expects  this  will  continue  going 

forward. 

Toromont  is  dependent  on  the  continued  market  acceptance  of  Caterpillar’s  products.  It  is 

believed  that  Caterpillar  has  a  solid  reputation  as  a  quality  manufacturer,  with  excellent  brand 

recognition  and  customer  support  as  well  as  strong  market  shares  in  many  of  the  markets  it 

serves. However, there can be no assurance that Caterpillar will be able to maintain its reputation 

and market position in the future. If Caterpillar is unsuccessful in developing and enhancing its 

product lines to meet evolving and sophisticated customer needs, is unable to maintain the quality 

of its products, or is unable to provide its products at competitive prices, market acceptance for 

Caterpillar  products  may  deteriorate  over  time.  Any  resulting  decrease  in  the  demand  for 

Caterpillar products could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, results of 

operations and future prospects. 

Toromont is also dependent on Caterpillar for timely supply of equipment and parts to meet our 

customers’  demand  for  equipment  deliveries  and  product  support  services.  From  time  to  time 

during  periods  of  intense  demand  and/or  supply  chain  disruptions,  Caterpillar  may  find  it 

necessary  to  allocate  its  supply  of  particular  products  among  its  dealers.  Such  allocations  of 

supply  have  not  in  the  past  proven  to  be  a  significant  impediment  in  the  conduct  of  business. 

When supply constraints have occurred in the past, we have been able to lessen the impact by 

utilizing  our  rental assets,  used  equipment,  and other  sources (such  as the  dealer  network)  to 

meet demand, but there can be no assurance of continued success in this area.  There can be 

no assurance that Caterpillar will continue to supply its products in the quantities and timeframes 

required  by  customers;  a  significant  disruption  to  our  supply  chain  could  adversely  affect  our 

business, results of operations and financial condition. 

Competition 

The  Company  competes  with  a  large  number  of  international,  national,  regional  and  local 

suppliers in each of its markets. Although price competition can be strong, there are a number of 

factors  that  have  enhanced  the  Company’s  ability  to  compete  throughout  its  market  areas 

including the range and quality of products and services, ability to meet sophisticated customer 

requirements,  distribution  capabilities  including  number  and  proximity  of  locations,  financing 

offered by Caterpillar Finance, e-commerce solutions, reputation and financial strength.  

Increased competitive pressures or the inability of the Company to maintain the factors that have 

enhanced its competitive position to date could adversely affect the Company’s business, results 

of operations or financial condition. 

Specialized Skills  

The  Company  relies  on  the  skills  and  availability  of  trained  and  experienced  tradesmen  and 
technicians  in  order  to  provide  efficient  and  appropriate  services  to  customers.  Hiring  and 
retaining such individuals is critical to the success of these businesses. Demographic trends are 
reducing the number of individuals entering the trades, making access to skilled individuals more 
difficult. The Company has several remote locations, which make attracting and retaining skilled 
individuals more difficult.  

The  Company  addresses  this  issue  by  attempting  to  become  the  “employer  of  choice”  for 
technicians in the industries in which we operate, as well as encouraging and attracting young 
people to the trades, and investing in on-going training and development of the current workforce.  

Credit Risk 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist 
of  cash  equivalents,  accounts  receivable  and  derivative  financial  instruments.  The  carrying 
amounts on the statement of financial position represent the maximum expected credit exposure. 

When  the  Company  has  cash  on  hand  it  may  be  invested  in  short-term  instruments,  such  as 
money-market deposits. The Company has deposited cash with reputable financial institutions, 
from which management believes the risk of loss to be remote. 

The  Company  has  accounts  receivable  from  a  large  diversified  customer  base,  and  is  not 
dependent  on  any  single  customer  or  industry.  The  Company  has  accounts  receivable  from 
customers engaged in various industries including construction, mining, food and beverage, and 
governmental agencies. These customers are based predominately in Canada.  

The credit risk associated with derivative financial instruments arises from the possibility that the 
counterparties may default on their obligations. In order to minimize this risk, the Company enters 
into derivative transactions only with highly rated financial institutions. 

Warranties and Maintenance Contracts 

Warranties are provided for most of the equipment sold, typically for a one-year period following 
sale.  The  warranty  claim  risk  is  generally  shared  jointly  with  the  equipment  manufacturer. 
Accordingly, liability is generally limited to the service component of the warranty claim, while the 
manufacturer is responsible for providing the required parts. 

The Company also enters into long-term maintenance and repair contracts, whereby it is obligated 
to maintain equipment for its customers. The length of these contracts varies generally from two 
to five years. The contracts are typically fixed price on either machine hours or cost per hour, with 
provisions  for  inflationary  and  exchange  adjustments.  Due  to  the  long-term  nature  of  these 
contracts, there is a risk that maintenance costs may exceed the estimate, thereby resulting in a 
loss  on  the  contract.  These  contracts  are  closely  monitored  for  early  warning  signs  of  cost 
overruns. In addition, the manufacturer may, in certain circumstances, share in the cost overruns 
if profitability falls below a certain threshold. 

27 

28 

37

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign Exchange 

The  Company  transacts  business  in  multiple  currencies,  the  most  significant  of  which  are  the 
Canadian dollar and the US dollar. As a result, the Company has foreign currency exposure with 
respect to items denominated in foreign currencies.  

The rate of exchange between the Canadian and US dollar can have an impact on revenue trends. 
As substantially all of the equipment and parts sold in the Equipment Group are sourced in US 
dollars,  and  Canadian  dollar  sales  prices  generally  reflect  changes  in  the  rate  of  exchange,  a 
stronger  Canadian  dollar  can  adversely  affect  revenues,  while  a  weaker  Canadian  dollar  can 
increase  reported  revenues.  The  impact  is  not  readily  estimable  as  it  is  largely  dependent  on 
when customers order the equipment versus when it was sold. Bookings in a given period would 
more  closely  follow  period-over-period  changes  in  exchange  rates.  Sales  of  parts  come  from 
inventories  maintained  to  service  customer  requirements.  As  a  result,  constant  parts 
replenishment means that  there  is  a  lagging impact  of  changes  in exchange rates.  In  CIMCO, 
sales are largely affected by the same factors. In addition, revenues from CIMCO’s US subsidiary 
reflect changes in exchange rates on the translation of results, although this is not significant. The 
Canadian dollar averaged US$0.80 in 2021 and US$0.75 in 2020. 

Foreign exchange contracts reduce volatility by fixing landed costs related to specific customer 
orders and establishing a level of price stability for high-volume goods such as spare parts. The 
Company does not enter into foreign exchange forward contracts for speculative purposes. The 
gains and losses on the foreign exchange forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges are 
intended to offset the translation losses and gains on the hedged foreign currency transactions 
when  they  occur.  As  a  result,  the  foreign  exchange  impact  on  earnings  with  respect  to 
transactional activity is not significant. 

Interest Rate 

Changes in market interest rates can cause fluctuations in the fair value or future cash flows of 
financial instruments.  

The Company has exposure to changes in interest rates on interest-bearing financial liabilities, 
primarily  from  long-term  debt.  The  Company  has  fixed-rate  debt  obligations  outstanding  with 
maturities between 2025 and 2027. Fixed-rate debt exposes the Company to future interest rate 
movements  upon  refinancing  the  debt  at  maturity.  The  fair  value  of  fixed-rate  debt  obligations 
fluctuates  with  changes  in  interest  rates,  exposing  the  Company  to  potential  losses  on  early 
settlements or refinancing. The Company does not intend to settle or refinance any existing fixed-
rate debt before maturity. 

The Company’s revolving credit facilities bear interest at floating-rates and exposes the Company 
to  fluctuations  in  short-term  interest  rates  by  causing  related  interest  payments  and  finance 
expense to vary.  

The Company minimizes its interest rate risk by managing its portfolio of floating-and fixed-rate 
debt, as well as managing the term to maturity. 

The  Company  is  exposed  to  changes  in  interest  rates  on  interest  bearing  financial  assets, 
primarily cash and cash equivalents.  Due to the short-term nature of cash and cash equivalents, 
the impact of fluctuations in fair value is limited but interest income earned can be impacted.   

29 

38

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign Exchange 

Financing Arrangements 

The  Company  transacts  business  in  multiple  currencies,  the  most  significant  of  which  are  the 

Canadian dollar and the US dollar. As a result, the Company has foreign currency exposure with 

respect to items denominated in foreign currencies.  

The rate of exchange between the Canadian and US dollar can have an impact on revenue trends. 

As substantially all of the equipment and parts sold in the Equipment Group are sourced in US 

dollars,  and  Canadian  dollar  sales  prices  generally  reflect  changes  in  the  rate  of  exchange,  a 

stronger  Canadian  dollar  can  adversely  affect  revenues,  while  a  weaker  Canadian  dollar  can 

increase  reported  revenues.  The  impact  is  not  readily  estimable  as  it  is  largely  dependent  on 

when customers order the equipment versus when it was sold. Bookings in a given period would 

more  closely  follow  period-over-period  changes  in  exchange  rates.  Sales  of  parts  come  from 

inventories  maintained  to  service  customer  requirements.  As  a  result,  constant  parts 

replenishment means that  there  is  a  lagging impact  of  changes  in exchange rates.  In  CIMCO, 

sales are largely affected by the same factors. In addition, revenues from CIMCO’s US subsidiary 

reflect changes in exchange rates on the translation of results, although this is not significant. The 

Canadian dollar averaged US$0.80 in 2021 and US$0.75 in 2020. 

Foreign exchange contracts reduce volatility by fixing landed costs related to specific customer 

orders and establishing a level of price stability for high-volume goods such as spare parts. The 

Company does not enter into foreign exchange forward contracts for speculative purposes. The 

gains and losses on the foreign exchange forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges are 

intended to offset the translation losses and gains on the hedged foreign currency transactions 

when  they  occur.  As  a  result,  the  foreign  exchange  impact  on  earnings  with  respect  to 

transactional activity is not significant. 

Interest Rate 

financial instruments.  

Changes in market interest rates can cause fluctuations in the fair value or future cash flows of 

The Company has exposure to changes in interest rates on interest-bearing financial liabilities, 

primarily  from  long-term  debt.  The  Company  has  fixed-rate  debt  obligations  outstanding  with 

maturities between 2025 and 2027. Fixed-rate debt exposes the Company to future interest rate 

movements  upon  refinancing  the  debt  at  maturity.  The  fair  value  of  fixed-rate  debt  obligations 

fluctuates  with  changes  in  interest  rates,  exposing  the  Company  to  potential  losses  on  early 

settlements or refinancing. The Company does not intend to settle or refinance any existing fixed-

rate debt before maturity. 

The Company’s revolving credit facilities bear interest at floating-rates and exposes the Company 

to  fluctuations  in  short-term  interest  rates  by  causing  related  interest  payments  and  finance 

expense to vary.  

The Company minimizes its interest rate risk by managing its portfolio of floating-and fixed-rate 

debt, as well as managing the term to maturity. 

The  Company  is  exposed  to  changes  in  interest  rates  on  interest  bearing  financial  assets, 

primarily cash and cash equivalents.  Due to the short-term nature of cash and cash equivalents, 

the impact of fluctuations in fair value is limited but interest income earned can be impacted.   

The  Company  requires  capital  to  finance  its  growth  and  to  refinance  its  outstanding  debt 
obligations as they come due for repayment. If the cash generated from the Company’s business, 
together  with the  credit available under  existing bank facilities,  are  not sufficient  to fund future 
capital requirements, the Company will require additional debt or equity financing in the capital 
markets. The Company’s ability to access capital markets, on terms that are acceptable, will be 
dependent upon prevailing market conditions, as well as the Company’s future financial condition. 
Further,  the  Company’s  ability  to  increase  its  debt  financing  may  be  limited  by  its  financial 
covenants  or  its  credit  rating  objectives.  The  Company  maintains  a  conservative  leverage 
structure and although it does not anticipate difficulties, there can be no assurance that capital 
will be available on suitable terms and conditions, or that borrowing costs and credit ratings will 
not be adversely affected. 

Environmental Regulation 

Toromont’s customers are subject to significant and ever-increasing environmental legislation and 
regulation. This legislation can impact Toromont in two ways. First, it may increase the technical 
difficulty in meeting environmental requirements in product design, which could increase the cost 
of  these  businesses’  products.  Second,  it  may  result  in  a  reduction  in  activity  by  Toromont’s 
customers in environmentally sensitive areas, in turn reducing the sales opportunities available 
to Toromont. 

Toromont is also subject to a broad range of environmental laws and regulations. These may, in 
certain circumstances, impose strict liability for environmental contamination, which may render 
Toromont liable for remediation costs, natural resource damages and other damages as a result 
of conduct that was lawful at the time it occurred or the conduct of, or conditions caused by, prior 
owners, operators or other third parties. In addition, where contamination may be present, it is not 
uncommon for neighbouring land owners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury, 
property damage and recovery of response costs. Remediation costs and other damages arising 
as a result  of  environmental  laws  and regulations,  and costs  associated with  new  information, 
changes  in  existing  environmental  laws  and  regulations  or  the  adoption  of  new  environmental 
laws  and  regulations  could  be  substantial  and  could  negatively  impact  Toromont’s  business, 
results of operations or financial condition. 

Information Technology and Cybersecurity Risk 

The Company depends on information technology infrastructure and systems, hosted internally 
or outsourced, to conduct day-to-day operations and for the effective operation of our business.  
Our  business  also  requires  the  appropriate  and  secure  utilization  of  sensitive  and  confidential 
information  belonging to  third parties such  as  our  customers  and suppliers. While we  strive to 
leverage technology to meet the growing needs of our customers and enhance the efficiency of 
our operations, it nevertheless comes with information security and cybersecurity risks. 

These  risks  include  information  technology  system  failures  and  non-availability,  and  cyber-
attacks,  including  but  not  limited  to  hacking,  malware,  unauthorized  access  to  confidential, 
proprietary or sensitive information or other breaches of network or Information Technology (IT) 
security.  The  Company  continues  to  monitor  and  enhance  its  defences  and  procedures  to 
prevent, detect, respond to and manage these threats, which are constantly evolving.  Disruption 
to information systems or breaches of security could result in a negative impact on the Company’s 
financial results or result in reputational damage. 

29 

30 

39

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pandemic Risk (Coronavirus COVID-19) 

COVID-19 is an evolving risk, the duration and impact of which remains uncertain at this time, as 
is the efficacy of the government and central bank interventions. Any estimate of the length and 
severity  of  these  developments  is  therefore  subject  to  significant  uncertainty,  and  accordingly 
estimates of the  extent  to  which  the  COVID-19 pandemic may,  directly or  indirectly,  materially 
and adversely affect the Company’s operations, financial results and condition in future periods 
are also subject to significant uncertainty. 

The risks and uncertainties discussed above could be particularly exacerbated by extraordinary 
externalities such as the COVID-19 pandemic, including, risks described under “Business Cycle”, 
“Product  and  Supply”,  “Specialized  Skills”,  “Credit  Risk”,  “Foreign  Exchange”,  “Interest  Rate”, 
“Financing Arrangements” and “Environmental Regulation”. Such risks include, but are not limited 
to: 

a)  uncertainty  associated  with  the  costs  and  ability  of  resources,  including  technicians, 
required to provide the appropriate/required levels of service to our customers on site; 

b)  a material reduction in demand for, or profitability of, our products or services;  
c)  an  increase  in  accounts  receivable  delinquencies  from  financial  hardship  for  our 

customers; 
issues  delivering  the  Company’s  products  and  services  due  to  illness,  Company  or 
government imposed isolation programs, restrictions on the movement of personnel and 
other supply chain disruptions; 
the  impact  of  additional  legislation,  regulation  and  other  government  interventions  in 
response to the COVID-19 pandemic; 
the negative impact on global debt and equity capital markets, including the trading price 
of the Company’s securities; and 
the ability to access capital markets at a reasonable cost. 

d) 

e) 

f) 

g) 

Any of these risks, and others, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations, 
capital resources and/or financial results of operations. 

The  Company  continues  to  focus  on  ensuring  the  continued  safety  of  our  employees,  while 
continuing to serve our customers’ needs as an essential service, and protecting the business 
and organization for the long-term. The Critical Incident Executive Response Team remains in 
effect  and focuses  on monitoring and  assessing developments  in  our markets  and  operations, 
and developing appropriate plans in response. Updates are provided to employees on a frequent 
basis, including general information as well as specific safety protocols in place.  Safety protocols 
(masking,  social  distancing,  sanitization,  etc.)  are strictly  enforced. The Company  continues to 
have  an  open  dialogue  with  public  safety  and  government  officials  at  all  levels,  as  well  as 
customers, key suppliers and other partners. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES  

The  preparation  of  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  IFRS 
requires management  to  make judgments,  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect the  reported 
amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities, 
at the end of the reporting period. However, uncertainty about these assumptions and estimates 

31 

40

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pandemic Risk (Coronavirus COVID-19) 

COVID-19 is an evolving risk, the duration and impact of which remains uncertain at this time, as 

is the efficacy of the government and central bank interventions. Any estimate of the length and 

severity  of  these  developments  is  therefore  subject  to  significant  uncertainty,  and  accordingly 

estimates of the  extent  to which the  COVID-19 pandemic may,  directly or  indirectly,  materially 

and adversely affect the Company’s operations, financial results and condition in future periods 

are also subject to significant uncertainty. 

The risks and uncertainties discussed above could be particularly exacerbated by extraordinary 

externalities such as the COVID-19 pandemic, including, risks described under “Business Cycle”, 

“Product  and  Supply”,  “Specialized  Skills”,  “Credit  Risk”,  “Foreign  Exchange”,  “Interest  Rate”, 

“Financing Arrangements” and “Environmental Regulation”. Such risks include, but are not limited 

to: 

a)  uncertainty  associated  with  the  costs  and  ability  of  resources,  including  technicians, 

required to provide the appropriate/required levels of service to our customers on site; 

b)  a material reduction in demand for, or profitability of, our products or services;  

c)  an  increase  in  accounts  receivable  delinquencies  from  financial  hardship  for  our 

customers; 

d) 

issues  delivering  the  Company’s  products  and  services  due  to  illness,  Company  or 

government imposed isolation programs, restrictions on the movement of personnel and 

e) 

the  impact  of  additional  legislation,  regulation  and  other  government  interventions  in 

other supply chain disruptions; 

response to the COVID-19 pandemic; 

f) 

the negative impact on global debt and equity capital markets, including the trading price 

of the Company’s securities; and 

g) 

the ability to access capital markets at a reasonable cost. 

Any of these risks, and others, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations, 

capital resources and/or financial results of operations. 

The  Company  continues  to  focus  on  ensuring  the  continued  safety  of  our  employees,  while 

continuing to serve our customers’ needs as an essential service, and protecting the business 

and organization for the long-term. The Critical Incident Executive Response Team remains in 

effect  and focuses  on monitoring and  assessing developments  in  our markets  and  operations, 

and developing appropriate plans in response. Updates are provided to employees on a frequent 

basis, including general information as well as specific safety protocols in place.  Safety protocols 

(masking,  social  distancing,  sanitization,  etc.)  are strictly  enforced. The Company  continues to 

have  an  open  dialogue  with  public  safety  and  government  officials  at  all  levels,  as  well  as 

customers, key suppliers and other partners. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES  

The  preparation  of  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  IFRS 

requires management  to  make judgments,  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect the  reported 

amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities, 

at the end of the reporting period. However, uncertainty about these assumptions and estimates 

could result in outcomes that require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or 
liability affected in future periods.  

In making estimates and judgments, management relies on external information and observable 
conditions where possible, supplemented by internal analysis as required. Management reviews 
its estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. The Company has discussed the development, 
selection, and application of its key accounting policies, and the critical accounting estimates and 
assumptions they involve, with the Audit Committee. 

The Company’s significant accounting policies, estimates and assumptions are described in notes 
1 and 2 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.  

Changes in Accounting Policies  

No  changes  in  accounting  policies  were  adopted  in  2021  as  a  result  of  new  standards  and 
interpretations which became effective during the year.  

Pending Accounting Changes 

A number of amendments to standards have been issued but are not yet effective for the financial 
year ending December 31, 2021, and accordingly, have not been applied. The Company reviewed 
these amendments and concluded that there would be no impact on adoption given their nature 
and applicability. 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES  

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Management,  under  the  supervision  of the  President  and  Chief  Executive Officer  (“CEO”)  and 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), is responsible for establishing and 
maintaining  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  as  defined  in  National  Instrument  52-109  – 
Certification  of  Disclosure  in  Issuers’  Annual  and  Interim  Filings,  and  have  designed  such 
disclosure controls and procedures, or have caused it to be designed under their supervision, to 
provide reasonable assurance that material information with respect to Toromont is made known 
to them. 

The  CEO  and  the  CFO,  together  with  other  members  of  management,  have  evaluated  the 
effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures.  

Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls 
and procedures were effective as at December 31, 2021. 

Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Management,  under  the  supervision  of  the  CEO  and  CFO,  is  responsible  for  establishing  and 
maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined by National Instrument 
52-109  –  Certification  of  Disclosure  in  Issuers’  Annual  and  Interim  Filings,  and  have  designed 
such internal control over financial reporting, or caused it to be designed under their supervision, 
to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation 
of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS.  

31 

32 

41

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  CEO  and  the  CFO,  together  with  other  members  of  management,  have  evaluated  the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as at December 31, 2021, 
using the criteria set forth in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013 edition) issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). 

Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting was effective as at December 31, 2021. 

There  have  been  no  changes  in  the  design  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting during 2021 that would materially affect, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Due to its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect 
misstatements on a timely basis. Also, a projection of the evaluation of the effectiveness of internal 
control over financial reporting to future periods is subject to the risk that the controls may become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies 
or  procedures  may  deteriorate.  Therefore,  even  those systems  determined  to be  effective can 
provide  only  reasonable  assurance  with  respect  to  the  financial  statement  preparation  and 
presentation.  Internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  all  errors  and  fraud.  A 
control  system,  no  matter  how  well  conceived  or  operated,  can  only  provide  reasonable,  not 
absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.  

ADDITIONAL GAAP MEASURES 

IFRS mandates certain minimum line items for financial statements and also requires presentation 
of  additional  line  items,  headings  and  subtotals  when  such  presentation  is  relevant  to  an 
understanding of the Company’s financial position or performance. IFRS also requires the notes 
to the financial statements to provide information that is not presented elsewhere in the financial 
statements,  but  is  relevant  to  understanding  them.  Such  measures  outside  of  the  minimum 
mandated  line  items  are  considered  additional GAAP  measures. The  Company’s  consolidated 
financial  statements  and  notes  thereto  include  certain  additional  GAAP  measures  where 
management  considers  such  information  to  be  useful  to  the  understanding  of  the  Company’s 
results. 

Gross Profit 

Gross Profit is defined as total revenues less cost of goods sold.  

Operating Income 

Operating  income  is  defined  as  net  earnings  before  interest  expense,  interest  and  investment 
income  and  income  taxes  and  is  used  by  management  to  assess  and  evaluate  the  financial 
performance  of  its  operating  segments.  Financing  and  related  interest  charges  cannot  be 
attributed to business segments on a meaningful basis that is comparable to other companies. 
Business  segments  do  not  correspond  to  income  tax  jurisdictions,  and  it  is  believed  that  the 
allocation of income taxes distorts the historical comparability of the performance of the business 
segments.  

33 

42

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  CEO  and  the  CFO,  together  with  other  members  of  management,  have  evaluated  the 

effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as at December 31, 2021, 

using the criteria set forth in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013 edition) issued by the 

Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). 

Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that the Company’s internal control over 

financial reporting was effective as at December 31, 2021. 

There  have  been  no  changes  in  the  design  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial 

reporting during 2021 that would materially affect, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the 

Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Due to its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect 

misstatements on a timely basis. Also, a projection of the evaluation of the effectiveness of internal 

control over financial reporting to future periods is subject to the risk that the controls may become 

inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies 

or  procedures  may  deteriorate.  Therefore,  even  those  systems  determined  to be  effective can 

provide  only  reasonable  assurance  with  respect  to  the  financial  statement  preparation  and 

presentation.  Internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  all  errors  and  fraud.  A 

control  system,  no  matter  how  well  conceived  or  operated,  can  only  provide  reasonable,  not 

absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.  

ADDITIONAL GAAP MEASURES 

IFRS mandates certain minimum line items for financial statements and also requires presentation 

of  additional  line  items,  headings  and  subtotals  when  such  presentation  is  relevant  to  an 

understanding of the Company’s financial position or performance. IFRS also requires the notes 

to the financial statements to provide information that is not presented elsewhere in the financial 

statements,  but  is  relevant  to  understanding  them.  Such  measures  outside  of  the  minimum 

mandated  line  items  are  considered  additional GAAP  measures. The  Company’s  consolidated 

financial  statements  and  notes  thereto  include  certain  additional  GAAP  measures  where 

management  considers  such  information  to  be  useful  to  the  understanding  of  the  Company’s 

Gross Profit is defined as total revenues less cost of goods sold.  

Operating  income  is  defined  as  net  earnings  before  interest  expense,  interest  and  investment 

income  and  income  taxes  and  is  used  by  management  to  assess  and  evaluate  the  financial 

performance  of  its  operating  segments.  Financing  and  related  interest  charges  cannot  be 

attributed to business segments on a meaningful basis that is comparable to other companies. 

Business  segments  do  not  correspond  to  income  tax  jurisdictions,  and  it  is  believed  that  the 

allocation of income taxes distorts the historical comparability of the performance of the business 

results. 

Gross Profit 

Operating Income 

segments.  

33 

($ thousands)
Net earnings

plus:  Interest expense
less:  Interest and investment income
plus:  Income taxes

Operating income

$            

Three months ended December 31
2020
88,950
7,286
(3,075)
34,021
127,182

2021
105,590
6,889
(2,827)
39,118
148,770

$             

$            

$            

Years ended December 31

$            

$            

2021
332,710
28,161
(9,027)
124,093
475,937

2020
254,915
29,981
(9,083)
96,621
372,434

$            

$            

Total Revenues
Operating income margin

956,035
15.6%

992,185
12.8%

3,886,537
12.2%

3,478,897
10.7%

Net Debt to Total Capitalization and Net Debt to Equity 

Net debt to total capitalization/equity are calculated as net debt divided by total capitalization and 
shareholders’ equity, respectively, as defined below, and are used by management as measures 
of the Company’s financial leverage.  

Net debt is calculated as long-term debt plus current portion of long-term debt less cash. Total 
capitalization is calculated as shareholders’ equity plus net debt.  

The calculations are as follows:  

($ thousands)
Long-term debt
less:  Cash

Net debt

Shareholders' equity
Total capitalization

Net debt to total capitalization
Net debt to equity

NON-GAAP MEASURES 

$            

2021
646,337
916,830
(270,493)

$            

2020
646,299
591,128
55,171

1,953,329
1,682,836

$         

1,698,652
1,753,823

$         

-16%
-0.14:1

3%
0.03:1

Management  believes  that  providing  certain  non-GAAP  measures  provides  users  of  the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements and MD&A with important information regarding the 
operational  performance  and  related  trends  of  the  Company's  business.  By  considering  these 
measures in combination with the comparable IFRS measures (where available), management 
believes that users are provided a better overall understanding of the Company's business and 
its  financial  performance  during  the  relevant  period  than  if  they  simply  considered  the  IFRS 
measures alone. 

The  non-GAAP  measures  used  by  management  do  not  have  any  standardized  meaning 
prescribed by IFRS and are therefore may not be comparable to similar measures presented by 
other issuers. Accordingly, these measures should not be considered as a substitute or alternative 
for GAAP measures as determined in accordance with IFRS. 

34 

43

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                 
                 
               
               
                
                
                
                
               
               
             
               
             
             
           
           
             
             
            
               
           
           
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Working Capital 

Working capital is defined as total current assets less total current liabilities. Management views 
working capital as a measure for assessing overall liquidity.  

($ thousands)
Total current assets

less:  Total current liabilities

Working capital

Non-Cash Working Capital  

2021
2,108,441
813,702
1,294,739

$         

$         

2020
1,872,144
794,216
1,077,928

$         

$         

Non-cash  working  capital  is  defined  as  total  current  assets  (excluding  cash)  less  total  current 
liabilities (excluding current portion of long-term debt).  

($ thousands)
Total current assets

less:  Cash

$         

2021
2,108,441
916,830
1,191,611

$         

2020
1,872,144
591,128
1,281,016

Total current liabilities

813,702

794,216

Non-cash working capital

$            

377,909

$            

486,800

Market Capitalization & Total Enterprise Value 

Market capitalization represents the total market value of the Company’s equity. It is calculated 
by multiplying the market price of the Company’s common shares by the total number of common 
shares outstanding.  

Total enterprise value represents the total value of the Company and is often used as a more 
comprehensive alternative to market capitalization. It is calculated by adding net debt (defined 
above) to market capitalization.  

The calculations are as follows: 

($ thousands, except for shares and share price)
Outstanding common shares
times:  Ending share price

Market capitalization

Long-term debt
less:  Cash

Net debt

2021
82,443,968
114.36
9,428,292

$             
$         

2020
82,474,658
89.20
7,356,739

$               
$         

$            

$            

646,337
916,830
(270,493)

646,299
591,128
55,171

$          

$             

Total enterprise value

$         

9,157,799

$         

7,411,910

35 

44

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
             
             
             
             
           
           
             
             
         
         
             
             
Working Capital 

Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”) 

Management uses key performance indicators to enable consistent measurement of performance 
across  the  organization.  These  KPIs  are  non-GAAP  financial  measures,  do  not  have  a 
standardized meaning under IFRS and may not be comparable to similar measures presented by 
other issuers.  

Gross Profit Margin 

This measure is defined as gross profit (defined above) divided by total revenues. 

Operating Income Margin 

This measure is defined as operating income (defined above) divided by total revenues.  

Order Bookings and Backlogs 

Order bookings represent the retail value of firm equipment or project orders received during a 
period.  Backlogs  are  defined as  the retail  value of  equipment  units  ordered  by  customers  with 
future  delivery,  and  the  remaining  retail  value  of  package/project  orders  remaining  to  be 
recognized  in  revenues  under  the  percentage  of  completion  method.  Management  uses  order 
backlog as a measure of projecting future equipment and project deliveries. There are no directly 
comparable IFRS measures for order bookings or backlog.  

Return on Capital Employed (“ROCE”) 

ROCE is utilized to assess both current operating performance and prospective investments. The 
adjusted  earnings  numerator  used  for  the  calculation  is  income  before  income  taxes,  interest 
expense and interest income (excluding interest on rental conversions). The denominator in the 
calculation  is  the  monthly  average  capital  employed,  which  is  defined  as  net  debt  plus 
shareholders’ equity, also referred to as total capitalization.  

Working capital is defined as total current assets less total current liabilities. Management views 

working capital as a measure for assessing overall liquidity.  

($ thousands)

Total current assets

less:  Total current liabilities

Working capital

Non-Cash Working Capital  

($ thousands)

Total current assets

less:  Cash

2021

2020

$         

2,108,441

$         

1,872,144

813,702

794,216

$         

1,294,739

$         

1,077,928

2021

2020

$         

2,108,441

$         

1,872,144

916,830

1,191,611

591,128

1,281,016

Non-cash  working  capital  is  defined  as  total  current  assets  (excluding  cash)  less  total  current 

liabilities (excluding current portion of long-term debt).  

Total current liabilities

813,702

794,216

Non-cash working capital

$            

377,909

$            

486,800

Market Capitalization & Total Enterprise Value 

Market capitalization represents the total market value of the Company’s equity. It is calculated 

by multiplying the market price of the Company’s common shares by the total number of common 

shares outstanding.  

Total enterprise value represents the total value of the Company and is often used as a more 

comprehensive alternative to market capitalization. It is calculated by adding net debt (defined 

above) to market capitalization.  

The calculations are as follows: 

($ thousands, except for shares and share price)

Outstanding common shares

times:  Ending share price

Market capitalization

Long-term debt

less:  Cash

Net debt

2021

2020

82,443,968

82,474,658

$             

114.36

$               

89.20

$         

9,428,292

$         

7,356,739

$            

646,337

$            

646,299

916,830

591,128

$          

(270,493)

$             

55,171

Total enterprise value

$         

9,157,799

$         

7,411,910

Average capital employed
Return on capital employed

$         

1,796,703
26.6%

$         

1,838,533
20.4%

35 

36 

45

($ thousands)
Net earnings

plus:  Interest expense
less:  Interest and investment income
plus:  Interest income - rental conversions
plus:  Income taxes
Adjusted net earnings

2020
254,915
29,981
(9,083)
3,529
96,621
375,963

2021
332,710
28,161
(9,027)
2,635
124,093
478,572

$            

$            

$            

$            

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
               
                
                
                 
                 
             
               
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
             
             
             
             
           
           
             
             
         
         
             
             
Return on Equity (“ROE”) 

ROE  is monitored to  assess the  profitability  of the  consolidated  company  and  is  calculated  by 
dividing net earnings by opening shareholders’ equity (adjusted for both shares issued and shares 
repurchased and cancelled during the year). 

($ thousands)
Net earnings

2021
332,710

$            

2020
254,915

$            

Opening shareholders' equity (net of adjustments)
Return on equity

$         

1,695,008
19.6%

$         

1,538,817
16.6%

37 

46

Toromont Industries Ltd.Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on Equity (“ROE”) 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT TO THE SHAREHOLDERS 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT TO THE SHAREHOLDERS 

ROE  is monitored to  assess the  profitability  of the  consolidated  company  and  is  calculated  by 

dividing net earnings by opening shareholders’ equity (adjusted for both shares issued and shares 

repurchased and cancelled during the year). 

($ thousands)

Net earnings

2021

2020

$            

332,710

$            

254,915

Opening shareholders' equity (net of adjustments)

Return on equity

$         

1,695,008

$         

1,538,817

19.6%

16.6%

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  and  Management’s  Discussion  and 
The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  and  Management’s  Discussion  and 
Analysis  (“MD&A”)  are  the  responsibility  of  the  management  of  Toromont  Industries  Ltd.  (the 
Analysis  (“MD&A”)  are  the  responsibility  of  the  management  of  Toromont  Industries  Ltd.  (the 
“Company”).  The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with 
“Company”).  The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with 
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards 
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards 
Board, which have been adopted in Canada. The consolidated financial statements reflect certain 
Board, which have been adopted in Canada. The consolidated financial statements reflect certain 
amounts  which  are,  necessarily,  based  on  estimates  and  judgments.  Management  has 
amounts  which  are,  necessarily,  based  on  estimates  and  judgments.  Management  has 
determined such amounts on a reasonable basis in order to provide reasonable assurance that 
determined such amounts on a reasonable basis in order to provide reasonable assurance that 
the consolidated financial statements are presented fairly in all material respects. The financial 
the consolidated financial statements are presented fairly in all material respects. The financial 
Information  presented  in  the  Company’s  MD&A  is  consistent,  where  applicable,  with  that 
Information  presented  in  the  Company’s  MD&A  is  consistent,  where  applicable,  with  that 
contained in the consolidated financial statements. 
contained in the consolidated financial statements. 

Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining appropriate systems of internal 
Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining appropriate systems of internal 
control and procedures over the financial reporting process. Policies and procedures are designed 
control and procedures over the financial reporting process. Policies and procedures are designed 
to  give  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  appropriately  authorized,  assets  are 
to  give  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  appropriately  authorized,  assets  are 
safeguarded  from  loss  or  unauthorized  use  and  financial  records  are  properly  maintained  to 
safeguarded  from  loss  or  unauthorized  use  and  financial  records  are  properly  maintained  to 
provide reliable information for preparation of the consolidated financial statements. 
provide reliable information for preparation of the consolidated financial statements. 

Ernst & Young LLP, an independent firm of chartered professional accountants, were appointed 
Ernst & Young LLP, an independent firm of chartered professional accountants, were appointed 
by  the  shareholders  as  external  auditor  to  examine  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in 
by  the  shareholders  as  external  auditor  to  examine  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in 
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards in Canada and provide an independent 
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards in Canada and provide an independent 
professional opinion. Their report is presented with the consolidated financial statements. 
professional opinion. Their report is presented with the consolidated financial statements. 

The  Board  of  Directors  (the  “Board”)  is  responsible  for  ensuring  that  management  fulfills  its 
The  Board  of  Directors  (the  “Board”)  is  responsible  for  ensuring  that  management  fulfills  its 
responsibilities  for  financial  reporting  and  internal  controls.  The  Board  carries  out  its 
responsibilities  for  financial  reporting  and  internal  controls.  The  Board  carries  out  its 
responsibilities principally through its Audit Committee, which is composed solely of independent 
responsibilities principally through its Audit Committee, which is composed solely of independent 
directors.  The  Audit  Committee  recommends  the  independent  auditor  for  appointment  by  the 
directors.  The  Audit  Committee  recommends  the  independent  auditor  for  appointment  by  the 
shareholders. It meets regularly with management and the internal and external auditors to review 
shareholders. It meets regularly with management and the internal and external auditors to review 
internal  accounting  controls,  internal  and  external  audit  matters  and  accounting  principles  and 
internal  accounting  controls,  internal  and  external  audit  matters  and  accounting  principles  and 
practices. Internal and external auditors have full and unrestricted access to the Audit Committee. 
practices. Internal and external auditors have full and unrestricted access to the Audit Committee. 
The consolidated financial statements and MD&A have been approved by the Board of Directors, 
The consolidated financial statements and MD&A have been approved by the Board of Directors, 
based on the review and recommendation of the Audit Committee. 
based on the review and recommendation of the Audit Committee. 
. 
. 

/s/ S.J. Medhurst 
/s/ S.J. Medhurst 

/s/ M.S. McMillan 
/s/ M.S. McMillan 

Scott J. Medhurst  
Scott J. Medhurst  
President and  
President and  
Chief Executive Officer  
Chief Executive Officer  

Michael S. McMillan   
Michael S. McMillan   
Executive Vice President and  
Executive Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer 
Chief Financial Officer 

February 9, 2022 
February 9, 2022 
Toronto, Canada 
Toronto, Canada 

37 

1 
1 

Management’s Report to the Shareholders

47

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 

To the Shareholders of Toromont Industries Ltd., 

Opinion 
We  have  audited  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Toromont  Industries  Ltd.  and  its 
subsidiaries (the Group), which comprise the consolidated statements of financial position as at 
December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the consolidated income statements, consolidated statements 
of  comprehensive  income,  consolidated  statements  of  changes  in  shareholders’  equity  and 
consolidated statements of cash flows for the years then ended, and notes to the consolidated 
financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies.  

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material 
respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at December 31, 2021 and 2020, 
and  its  consolidated  financial  performance  and  its  consolidated  cash  flows  for  the  years  then 
ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). 

Basis for Opinion  
We conducted our audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Our 
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for 
the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of 
the  Group  in  accordance  with  the  ethical  requirements  that  are  relevant  to  our  audit  of  the 
consolidated  financial  statements  in  Canada,  and  we  have  fulfilled  our  other  ethical 
responsibilities  in  accordance  with  these requirements. We  believe  that  the  audit  evidence  we 
have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.   

Key Audit Matter  
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance 
in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period. These matters were 
addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in 
forming our auditor’s opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 
For the matter below, our description of how our audit addressed the matter is provided in that 
context. 

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  section  of  our  report,  including  in  relation  to  this  matter. 
Accordingly,  our  audit  included  the  performance  of  procedures  designed  to  respond  to  our 
assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements. The 
results of our audit procedures, including the procedures performed to address the matter below, 
provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying consolidated financial statements. 

Revenue recognition for long-term refrigeration packages 

Key audit matter 

The  Group  sells  industrial  and  recreational 
refrigeration  packages,  which  involve  the 
design,  manufacture, 
and 
commissioning  of  longer-term  projects  under 
the  customer’s  control  and  can  span  from 

installation 

2 

48

Independent Auditor’s Report

How our audit addressed the key audit 
matter 
For long-term refrigeration package contracts 
that were open as of December 31, 2021, our 
audit  procedures 
following, 
among others:  

included 

the 

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 

To the Shareholders of Toromont Industries Ltd., 

Opinion 

We  have  audited  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Toromont  Industries  Ltd.  and  its 

subsidiaries (the Group), which comprise the consolidated statements of financial position as at 

December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the consolidated income statements, consolidated statements 

of  comprehensive  income,  consolidated  statements  of  changes  in  shareholders’  equity  and 

consolidated statements of cash flows for the years then ended, and notes to the consolidated 

financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies.  

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material 

respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at December 31, 2021 and 2020, 

and  its  consolidated  financial  performance  and  its  consolidated  cash  flows  for  the  years  then 

ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). 

Basis for Opinion  

We conducted our audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Our 

responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for 

the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of 

the  Group  in  accordance  with  the  ethical  requirements  that  are  relevant  to  our  audit  of  the 

consolidated  financial  statements  in  Canada,  and  we  have  fulfilled  our  other  ethical 

responsibilities  in  accordance  with  these requirements. We  believe  that  the  audit  evidence  we 

have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.   

Key Audit Matter  

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance 

in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period. These matters were 

addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in 

forming our auditor’s opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 

For the matter below, our description of how our audit addressed the matter is provided in that 

context. 

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the 

Consolidated  Financial  Statements  section  of  our  report,  including  in  relation  to  this  matter. 

Accordingly,  our  audit  included  the  performance  of  procedures  designed  to  respond  to  our 

assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements. The 

results of our audit procedures, including the procedures performed to address the matter below, 

provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying consolidated financial statements. 

Revenue recognition for long-term refrigeration packages 

Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit 

matter 

The  Group  sells  industrial  and  recreational 

For long-term refrigeration package contracts 

refrigeration  packages,  which  involve  the 

that were open as of December 31, 2021, our 

design,  manufacture, 

installation 

and 

audit  procedures 

included 

the 

following, 

commissioning  of  longer-term  projects  under 

among others:  

the  customer’s  control  and  can  span  from 

2 

three months to one year.  

Revenue  is  recognized  progressively  based 
on the percentage-of-completion method. This 
method  is  measured  by  reference  to  costs 
incurred  to  date  as  a  percentage  of  the  total 
estimated  costs.  The  Group’s  policy 
for 
revenue  recognition  together  with  the  related 
and 
significant 
assumptions is described in notes 1 and 2 of 
the consolidated financial statements.  

accounting 

estimates 

to 

related 

recognized 

the  estimated  costs 

The  Group  recognized  $208.9  million  of 
revenues  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
these  contracts.  The 
2021 
determination  of 
to 
complete projects that are open at period end 
is  a  significant  judgement  that  can  have  a 
material impact on the amount of revenue and 
profit 
the  period.  These 
significant judgements include those related to 
labour,  materials  and 
estimated 
overhead  costs 
the 
variation in the types of refrigeration projects, 
these judgements related to the estimation of 
future  costs  are  subjective  in  nature  and 
dependent on the complexity and status of the 
related contract as of the period end date. 

for  contracts.  Given 

future 

in 

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the 
design, and tested the operating effectiveness 
of  controls  related  to  the  Group’s  estimation 
processes (including the approval of the initial 
budget, and the monitoring and assessment of 
contract  activities  and  estimated  costs  to 
complete), and the recording of revenue in the 
consolidated financial statements;  

recognition, 

We 
reviewed  contractual  arrangements, 
including  pricing  and  billing  terms,  change 
orders  and  terms  and  conditions  impacting 
revenue 
if  any,  and  had 
discussions  with  operational  personnel  and 
assessed whether appropriate approvals were 
obtained  in  accordance  with  the  company’s 
authorization  matrix for a  sample  of  projects. 
Once a project commenced, we also obtained 
and  reviewed  a  sample  of  meeting  minutes 
and observed a sample of project update calls 
where  management  and  project  managers 
discussed the status of each project; 

We  compared  prior  period  cost  estimates  to 
actual  contract  costs  incurred  in  the  current 
period  to  assess  management’s  ability  to 
estimate the costs to complete a contract; 

We  obtained  management’s 
initial  cost 
estimates  and  tested  a  sample  of  actual 
material  and  labour  costs  incurred  to  assess 
the  measurement  of  the  estimated  costs  to 
complete at period end; and 

the  areas  of 

We assessed the adequacy of disclosures in 
judgement  and 
describing 
estimation  uncertainties 
involving  revenue 
recognition for projects that are open at period 
end.   

Other Information  
Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises:  

•  Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
•  The information, other than the consolidated financial statements and our auditor’s report 

thereon, in the Annual Report 

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we 
do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.  

3 

Independent Auditor’s Report

49

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read 
the  other  information,  and  in  doing  so,  consider  whether  the  other  information  is  materially 
inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or 
otherwise appears to be materially misstated.  

We obtained Management’s Discussion and Analysis prior to the date of this auditor’s report. If, 
based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this 
other information, we are required to report that fact in this auditor’s report. We have nothing to 
report in this regard.  

The Annual Report is expected to be made available to us after the date of the auditor’s report. If 
based  on  the  work  we  will  perform  on  this  other  information,  we  conclude  there  is  a  material 
misstatement  of  other  information,  we  are  required  to  report  that  fact  to  those  charged  with 
governance. 

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated 
Financial Statements  

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial 
statements in accordance with IFRS, and for such internal control as management determines is 
necessary  to  enable  the  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements  that  are  free  from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.  

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the 
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to 
liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.  

Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting 
process. 

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements  

 Our  objectives  are  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial 
statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to 
issue  an  auditor’s  report  that  includes  our  opinion.  Reasonable  assurance  is  a  high  level  of 
assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with Canadian generally 
accepted  auditing  standards  will  always  detect  a  material  misstatement  when  it  exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken 
on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.  

As  part  of  an  audit  in  accordance  with  Canadian  generally  accepted  auditing  standards,  we 
exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit.  We 
also: 
• 

Identify  and  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements,  whether  due  to  fraud  or  error,  design  and  perform  audit  procedures 
responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to 
provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting 
from  fraud  is  higher  than  for  one  resulting  from  error,  as  fraud  may  involve  collusion, 
forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.  

4 

50

Independent Auditor’s Report

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read 

the  other  information,  and  in  doing  so,  consider  whether  the  other  information  is  materially 

inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or 

otherwise appears to be materially misstated.  

We obtained Management’s Discussion and Analysis prior to the date of this auditor’s report. If, 

based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this 

other information, we are required to report that fact in this auditor’s report. We have nothing to 

report in this regard.  

The Annual Report is expected to be made available to us after the date of the auditor’s report. If 

based  on  the  work  we  will  perform  on  this  other  information,  we  conclude  there  is  a  material 

misstatement  of  other  information,  we  are  required  to  report  that  fact  to  those  charged  with 

governance. 

Financial Statements  

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial 

statements in accordance with IFRS, and for such internal control as management determines is 

necessary  to  enable  the  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements  that  are  free  from 

material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.  

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the 

Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 

concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to 

liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.  

Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting 

process. 

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements  

 Our  objectives  are  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial 

statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to 

issue  an  auditor’s  report  that  includes  our  opinion.  Reasonable  assurance  is  a  high  level  of 

assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with Canadian generally 

accepted  auditing  standards  will  always  detect  a  material  misstatement  when  it  exists. 

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the 

aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken 

on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.  

As  part  of  an  audit  in  accordance  with  Canadian  generally  accepted  auditing  standards,  we 

exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit.  We 

• 

Identify  and  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  consolidated  financial 

statements,  whether  due  to  fraud  or  error,  design  and  perform  audit  procedures 

responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to 

provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting 

from  fraud  is  higher  than  for  one  resulting  from  error,  as  fraud  may  involve  collusion, 

forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.  

also: 

4 

•  Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit 
procedures  that  are  appropriate  in  the  circumstances,  but  not  for  the  purpose  of 
expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.  

•  Evaluate  the  appropriateness  of  accounting  policies  used  and  the  reasonableness  of 

accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management. 

•  Conclude  on  the  appropriateness  of  management’s  use  of  the  going  concern  basis  of 
accounting  and,  based  on  the  audit  evidence  obtained,  whether  a  material  uncertainty 
exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability 
to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are 
required  to  draw  attention  in  our  auditor’s  report  to  the  related  disclosures  in  the 
consolidated  financial  statements  or,  if  such  disclosures  are  inadequate,  to  modify  our 
opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our 
auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to 
continue as a going concern.  

•  Evaluate  the  overall  presentation,  structure,  and  content  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements 
represent  the  underlying  transactions  and  events  in  a  manner  that  achieves  fair 
presentation.  

•  Obtain  sufficient  appropriate  audit  evidence  regarding  the  financial  information  of  the 
entities or business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the consolidated 
financial statements.  We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance 
of the group audit.  We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. 

We  communicate  with  those  charged  with  governance  regarding,  among  other  matters,  the 
planned  scope  and  timing  of  the  audit  and  significant  audit  findings,  including  any  significant 
deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. 

We also  provide  those  charged  with governance  with  a  statement that  we  have  complied  with 
relevant  ethical  requirements  regarding  independence,  and  to  communicate  with  them  all 
relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, 
and where applicable, related safeguards. 

From  the  matters  communicated  with  those  charged  with  governance,  we  determine  those 
matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the 
current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s 
report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely 
rare  circumstances,  we  determine  that  a  matter  should  not  be  communicated  in  our  report 
because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the 
public interest benefits of such communication. 

The  engagement  partner  on  the  audit  resulting  in  this  independent  auditor’s  report  is  Paula  J. 
Smith. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

Ernst & Young LLP    
Chartered Professional Accountants   
Licensed Public Accountants 

            February 9, 2022                                                                       

Toronto, Canada 

5 

Independent Auditor’s Report

51

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TOROMONT INDUSTRIES LTD.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at December 31 ($ thousands)
Assets
Current assets
  Cash 
  Accounts receivable
  Inventories
  Income taxes recoverable
  Derivative financial instruments
  Other current assets 
Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment
Rental equipment 
Other assets 
Deferred tax assets
Goodwill and intangible assets
Total assets

Liabilities
Current liabilities
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
  Provisions
  Deferred revenues and contract liabilities
  Derivative financial instruments
  Income taxes payable
Total current liabilities

Deferred revenues and contract liabilities
Long-term lease liabilities
Long-term debt
Post-employment obligations
Deferred tax liabilities
Total liabilities

Shareholders' equity
Share capital 
Contributed surplus 
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 
Total shareholders' equity 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

Commitments - see note 22

See accompanying notes

Approved by the Board:

(signed) R. G. Roy
____________________

Richard G. Roy
Director

Note

2021

2020

3
4

12

5
5
6
15
7

$        

916,830
451,944
720,421

-
5,252
13,994
2,108,441

450,825
525,521
23,735
231
475,043
3,583,796

$     

$        

591,128
541,580
728,404
135
-
10,897
1,872,144

423,282
539,412
33,263
504
478,187
3,346,792

$     

6, 18
8
9
12

9
6
10, 12
19
15

11

$        

573,363
25,404
199,696

-
15,239
813,702

27,254
11,780
646,337
82,712
48,682
1,630,467

$        

584,003
26,645
149,109
11,043
23,416
794,216

16,383
16,565
646,299
149,451
25,226
1,648,140

539,677
16,352
1,392,551
4,749
1,953,329
3,583,796

$     

516,591
14,243
1,169,239
(1,421)
1,698,652
3,346,792

$     

(signed) C. E. Cranston
____________________

Cathy E. Cranston
Director

6 

52

Toromont Industries Ltd.Consolidated Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
          
          
          
          
                 
                
             
                 
            
            
       
       
          
          
          
          
            
            
                
                
          
          
            
            
          
          
                 
            
            
            
          
          
            
            
            
            
          
          
            
          
            
            
       
       
          
          
            
            
       
       
             
            
       
       
TOROMONT INDUSTRIES LTD.
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS

Years ended December 31 ($ thousands, except share amounts)
Revenues
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit
Selling and administrative expenses
Operating income
Interest expense
Interest and investment income
Income before income taxes
Income taxes
Net earnings 

Earnings per share 
  Basic
  Diluted

Weighted average number of shares outstanding
  Basic
  Diluted

See accompanying notes

Note
23
4, 5

14
14

15

16
16

16
16

TOROMONT INDUSTRIES LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at December 31 ($ thousands)

Note

2021

2020

  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 

6, 18

$        

573,363

$        

584,003

Assets

Current assets

  Cash 

  Accounts receivable

  Inventories

  Income taxes recoverable

  Derivative financial instruments

  Other current assets 

Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Rental equipment 

Other assets 

Deferred tax assets

Goodwill and intangible assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

  Provisions

  Deferred revenues and contract liabilities

  Derivative financial instruments

  Income taxes payable

Total current liabilities

Deferred revenues and contract liabilities

Long-term lease liabilities

Long-term debt

Post-employment obligations

Deferred tax liabilities

Total liabilities

Shareholders' equity

Share capital 

Contributed surplus 

Retained earnings

Commitments - see note 22

See accompanying notes

Approved by the Board:

(signed) R. G. Roy

____________________

Richard G. Roy

Director

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 

Total shareholders' equity 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

3

4

12

5

5

6

15

7

8

9

12

9

6

19

15

11

10, 12

$        

916,830

$        

591,128

$     

3,583,796

$     

3,346,792

451,944

720,421

-

5,252

13,994

2,108,441

450,825

525,521

23,735

231

475,043

25,404

199,696

-

15,239

813,702

27,254

11,780

646,337

82,712

48,682

541,580

728,404

135

-

10,897

1,872,144

423,282

539,412

33,263

504

478,187

26,645

149,109

11,043

23,416

794,216

16,383

16,565

646,299

149,451

25,226

1,630,467

1,648,140

539,677

16,352

1,392,551

4,749

1,953,329

516,591

14,243

1,169,239

(1,421)

1,698,652

$     

3,583,796

$     

3,346,792

(signed) C. E. Cranston

____________________

Cathy E. Cranston

Director

$     

$     

2021
3,886,537
2,916,769
969,768
493,831
475,937
28,161
(9,027)
456,803
124,093
332,710

2020
3,478,897
2,643,151
835,746
463,312
372,434
29,981
(9,083)
351,536
96,621
254,915

$        

$        

$             
$             

4.03
4.00

$             
$             

3.10
3.09

82,547,961
83,269,451

82,152,788
82,620,461

6 

7 

53

Toromont Industries Ltd.Consolidated Financial Statements 
 
 
  
 
       
       
          
          
          
          
          
          
            
            
            
            
          
          
          
            
     
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
          
          
          
          
                 
                
             
                 
            
            
       
       
          
          
          
          
            
            
                
                
          
          
            
            
          
          
                 
            
            
            
          
          
            
            
            
            
          
          
            
          
            
            
       
       
          
          
            
            
       
       
             
            
       
       
TOROMONT INDUSTRIES LTD.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Years ended December 31 ($ thousands)
Net earnings

2021
332,710

$         

2020
254,915

$         

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes:

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to net earnings:

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Unrealized losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
Income tax recovery
Unrealized losses on cash flow hedges, net of income taxes

Realized losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
Income tax recovery
Realized losses on cash flow hedges, net of income taxes

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to net earnings:

Actuarial and other gains (losses)
Income tax (expense) recovery  
Actuarial and other gains (losses), net of income taxes

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Total comprehensive income

See accompanying notes

(12)

(1,124)
300
(824)

9,478
(2,472)
7,006

67,914
(17,996)
49,918

56,088

(339)

(2,911)
744
(2,167)

1,909
(483)
1,426

(15,213)
4,031
(11,182)

(12,262)

$         

388,798

$         

242,653

8 

54

Toromont Industries Ltd.Consolidated Financial Statements 
 
 
  
 
                  
                
              
              
                  
                  
                
              
               
               
              
                
               
               
             
            
            
               
             
            
             
            
TOROMONT INDUSTRIES LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

TOROMONT INDUSTRIES LTD.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years ended December 31 ($ thousands)

Net earnings

2021

2020

$         

332,710

$         

254,915

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes:

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to net earnings:

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Unrealized losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

Income tax recovery

Unrealized losses on cash flow hedges, net of income taxes

Realized losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

Income tax recovery

Realized losses on cash flow hedges, net of income taxes

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to net earnings:

Actuarial and other gains (losses)

Income tax (expense) recovery  

Actuarial and other gains (losses), net of income taxes

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Total comprehensive income

See accompanying notes

(12)

(1,124)

300

(824)

9,478

(2,472)

7,006

67,914

(17,996)

49,918

56,088

(339)

(2,911)

744

(2,167)

1,909

(483)

1,426

(15,213)

4,031

(11,182)

(12,262)

$         

388,798

$         

242,653

Years ended December 31 ($ thousands)
Operating activities

Net earnings 
Items not requiring cash:

Note

2021

2020

$        

332,710

$        

254,915

Depreciation and amortization
Stock-based compensation
Post-employment obligations
Deferred income taxes
Gain on sale of rental equipment and property, plant and
   equipment

5, 6, 7, 10

21

11

11
6

Net change in non-cash working capital and other 
Additions to rental equipment
Proceeds on disposal of rental equipment 

Cash provided by operating activities

Investing activities

Additions to property, plant and equipment
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Decrease in other assets

Cash used in investing activities

Financing activities

Debt issuance costs
Dividends paid
Cash received on exercise of stock options
Shares purchased for cancellation
Payment of lease liabilities

Cash used in financing activities

Effect of currency translation on cash balances
Increase in cash during the year
Cash, at beginning of the year
Cash, at end of the year

Supplemental cash flow information (note 21)

See accompanying notes

158,360
6,472
1,176
3,560

(21,533)
480,745
129,322
(118,183)
50,840
542,724

(71,203)
2,467
(133)
(68,869)

(961)
(109,053)
21,754
(50,003)
(9,880)
(148,143)

166,307
5,731
8,530
(2,919)

(22,380)
410,184
(10,096)
(103,515)
52,455
349,028

(43,290)
10,924
(187)
(32,553)

(338)
(98,531)
22,373
(4,043)
(10,339)
(90,878)

(10)
325,702
591,128
916,830

$        

(58)
225,539
365,589
591,128

$        

8 

9 

55

Toromont Industries Ltd.Consolidated Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
          
             
             
             
             
             
            
          
          
          
          
          
          
        
        
           
           
          
          
          
          
             
           
               
               
          
          
               
               
        
          
           
           
          
            
            
          
        
          
                 
                 
          
          
          
          
 
 
 
  
 
                  
                
              
              
                  
                  
                
              
               
               
              
                
               
               
             
            
            
               
             
            
             
            
TOROMONT INDUSTRIES LTD.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 

Share capital

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

Number
82,012,448

Amount
490,047

$    

Contributed 
surplus
13,088

$      

Retained 
earnings
1,031,097

$ 

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
adjustments
2,219

$             

Cash flow 
hedges
(2,560)

$            

$               

Total 
(341)

Total 
shareholders' 
 equity
1,533,891

$    

($ thousands, except share numbers) 

At January 1, 2020
Net earnings

Other comprehensive loss

Total comprehensive income

-

-

-

-

-

-

Exercise of stock options

530,010

26,949

Stock-based compensation expense

-

Effect of stock compensation plans

Shares purchased for cancellation
Dividends declared

530,010

(67,800)
-

-

26,949

(405)
-

-

-

-

(4,576)

5,731

1,155

254,915

(11,182)

243,733

-

-

-

-
-

(3,638)
(101,953)

-

(339)

(339)

-

-

-

-
-

-

(741)

(741)

-

-

-

-
-

-

(1,080)

(1,080)

-

-

-

-
-

254,915

(12,262)

242,653

22,373

5,731

28,104

(4,043)
(101,953)

82,474,658

$    

516,591

$      

14,243

$ 

1,169,239

$             

1,880

$            

(3,301)

$            

(1,421)

$    

1,698,652

-

-

-

-

-

-

439,910

26,117

-

439,910

(470,600)

-

-

26,117

(3,031)

-

82,443,968

$    

539,677

-

-

-

(4,363)

6,472

2,109

332,710

49,918

382,628

-

-

-

-

(46,972)

-

(12)

(12)

-

-

-

-

-

6,182

6,182

-

-

-

-

-

6,170

6,170

-

-

-

-

332,710

56,088

388,798

21,754

6,472

28,226

(50,003)

-
16,352

$      

(112,344)
1,392,551

$ 

-
1,868

$             

-
2,881

$             

-
4,749

$             

(112,344)
1,953,329

$    

At December 31, 2020
Net earnings

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income 

Exercise of stock options

Stock-based compensation expense

Effect of stock compensation plans

Shares purchased for cancellation

Dividends declared

At December 31, 2021

See accompanying notes

10 

56

Toromont Industries Ltd.Consolidated Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
   
               
             
             
      
                  
                  
                  
        
               
             
             
       
                
                
              
         
               
             
             
      
                
                
              
        
       
        
        
             
                  
                  
                  
          
               
             
          
             
                  
                  
                  
            
       
        
          
             
                  
                  
                  
          
        
           
             
        
                  
                  
                  
           
               
             
             
     
                  
                  
                  
       
   
               
             
             
      
                  
                  
                  
        
               
             
             
        
                  
               
               
          
               
             
             
      
                  
               
               
        
       
        
        
             
                  
                  
                  
          
               
             
          
             
                  
                  
                  
            
       
        
          
             
                  
                  
                  
          
      
        
             
       
                  
                  
                  
         
               
             
             
     
                  
                  
                  
       
   
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
December 31, 2021 
($ thousands, except where otherwise indicated) 

1.  DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Corporate Information 

Toromont Industries Ltd. (the “Company” or “Toromont”) is a limited company incorporated and 
domiciled in Canada whose shares are publicly traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the 
symbol TIH. The registered office is located at 3131 Highway 7 West, Concord, Ontario, Canada. 

The  Company operates  through  two  business  segments:  the  Equipment  Group  and  CIMCO.  The 
Equipment  Group  includes  one  of  the  larger  Caterpillar  dealerships  by  revenue  and  geographic 
territory,  spanning  the  Canadian  provinces  of  Newfoundland  and  Labrador,  Nova  Scotia,  New 
Brunswick, Prince Edward Island, Québec, Ontario and Manitoba, in addition to most of the territory 
of  Nunavut.  The  Equipment  Group  includes  industry-leading  rental  operations,  a  complementary 
material handling business and an agricultural equipment business. CIMCO is a market leader in the 
design, engineering, fabrication and installation of industrial and recreational refrigeration systems. 
Both  segments  offer  comprehensive  product  support  capabilities.  Toromont  employs  over  6,400 
people in approximately 160 locations.  

Statement of Compliance 

These consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”),  as  issued  by  the  International  Accounting  Standards  Board 
(“IASB”).  

These consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on 
February 9, 2022 on the recommendation of the Audit Committee.  

Basis of Preparation 

These  consolidated  financial  statements  were  prepared  on  a  historical  cost  basis,  except  for 
derivative  instruments  that  have  been  measured  at  fair  value.  The  consolidated  financial 
statements are presented in Canadian dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand, 
except where otherwise indicated.  

Basis of Consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned 
subsidiaries.  

Subsidiaries  are  fully  consolidated  from  the  date  of  acquisition,  being  the  date  on  which  the 
Company obtains control, and continue to be consolidated until the date that such control ceases. 
The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the 
parent  company,  using  consistent  accounting  policies.  All  intra-group  balances,  income  and 
expenses and unrealized gains and losses resulting from intra-group transactions are eliminated 
in full upon consolidation. 

11 

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

57

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business Combinations and Goodwill 

When  determining  the  nature  of  an  acquisition,  as  either  a  business  combination  or  an  asset 
acquisition, management defines a business as “an integrated set of activities and assets that is 
capable  of  being  conducted  and managed for the  purpose  of  providing  a  return  in  the form  of 
dividends, lower costs or other economic benefits directly to investors or other owners, members 
or participants.” An integrated set of activities and assets requires inputs and processes applied 
to those inputs, which together are or will be used to create outputs. However, a business need 
not  include  all  of  the  inputs  or  processes  that  the  seller  used  in  operating  that  business  if  the 
Company is capable of acquiring the business and continuing to produce outputs, for example, 
by integrating the business with their own inputs and processes. If the transaction does not meet 
the criteria of a business, it is accounted for as an asset acquisition. 

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition 
is  measured  as  the  aggregate  of  consideration  transferred,  measured  at  acquisition  date  fair 
value. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred.  

Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the cost of the business combination 
over the Company’s share in the net fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and 
contingent liabilities. If the cost of acquisition is less than the fair value of the net assets of the 
subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognized directly in the consolidated income statements. 

After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. 
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the 
acquisition  date,  allocated  to  each  of  the  Company’s  cash-generating  units  (“CGUs”)  that  are 
expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or 
liabilities of the acquiree are assigned to those units. 

Where goodwill forms part of a CGU and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the 
goodwill  associated  with  the  operation  disposed  of  is  included  in  the  carrying  amount  of  the 
operation when determining the gain or loss on disposal of the operation. Goodwill disposed of in 
this circumstance is measured based on the relative fair values of the operation disposed of and 
the portion of the CGU retained.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash consists of petty cash and demand deposits. Cash equivalents, when applicable, consist of 
short-term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less.  

Accounts Receivable 

Trade  accounts receivable  are  amounts  due from  customers for merchandise  sold  or services 
performed in the ordinary course of business. If collection is expected in one year or less (or in 
the normal operating cycle of the business, if longer), they are classified as current assets. If not, 
they are presented as non-current assets. Trade accounts receivable are recognized initially at 
amounts  due,  net  of  impairment  for  estimated  expected  credit  loss  (allowance  for  doubtful 
accounts).  The  expense  relating  to  expected  credit  loss  is  included  within  selling  and 
administrative expenses in the consolidated income statements. 

Unbilled receivables represent contract assets related to the Company’s rights to consideration 
for work completed but not billed as at the reporting date on the sale of power and energy systems 

12 

58

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business Combinations and Goodwill 

When  determining  the  nature  of  an  acquisition,  as  either  a  business  combination  or  an  asset 

acquisition, management defines a business as “an integrated set of activities and assets that is 

capable  of  being  conducted  and managed for the  purpose  of  providing  a  return  in  the form  of 

dividends, lower costs or other economic benefits directly to investors or other owners, members 

or participants.” An integrated set of activities and assets requires inputs and processes applied 

to those inputs, which together are or will be used to create outputs. However, a business need 

not  include  all  of  the  inputs  or  processes  that  the  seller  used  in  operating  that  business  if  the 

Company is capable of acquiring the business and continuing to produce outputs, for example, 

by integrating the business with their own inputs and processes. If the transaction does not meet 

the criteria of a business, it is accounted for as an asset acquisition. 

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition 

is  measured  as  the  aggregate  of  consideration  transferred,  measured  at  acquisition  date  fair 

value. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred.  

Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the cost of the business combination 

over the Company’s share in the net fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and 

contingent liabilities. If the cost of acquisition is less than the fair value of the net assets of the 

subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognized directly in the consolidated income statements. 

After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. 

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the 

acquisition  date,  allocated  to  each  of  the  Company’s  cash-generating  units  (“CGUs”)  that  are 

expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or 

liabilities of the acquiree are assigned to those units. 

Where goodwill forms part of a CGU and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the 

goodwill  associated  with  the  operation  disposed  of  is  included  in  the  carrying  amount  of  the 

operation when determining the gain or loss on disposal of the operation. Goodwill disposed of in 

this circumstance is measured based on the relative fair values of the operation disposed of and 

the portion of the CGU retained.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Accounts Receivable 

and refrigeration packages. These are transferred to receivables when the entitlement to payment 
becomes unconditional.  

Inventories 

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value.  

Cost of equipment, repair and distribution parts and direct materials include purchase cost and 
costs incurred in bringing each product to its present location and condition. Serialized inventory 
is  determined  on  a  specific-item  basis.  Non-serialized  inventory  is  determined  based  on  a 
weighted average actual cost.  

Cost  of  work-in-process  includes  cost  of  direct  materials,  labour  and  an  allocation  of 
manufacturing overheads, excluding borrowing costs, based on normal operating capacity.  

Cost  of  work-in-process  (contracts)  are  costs  specifically  chargeable  to  customers  that  are 
deferred in inventories and are probable of recovery. 

Cost  of  inventories  includes  the  transfer  of  gains  and  losses  on  qualifying  cash  flow  hedges, 
recognized in other comprehensive income (loss), in respect of the purchase of inventory.  

Net  realizable  value  is  the  estimated  selling  price  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  less 
estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  recorded  at  cost,  net  of  accumulated  depreciation  and 
accumulated impairment losses, if any.  

Depreciation is recognized principally on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of 
the  assets.  Estimated  useful  lives  range  from  20  to  30  years  for  buildings,  3  to  10  years  for 
equipment and 20 years for power generation assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized on 
a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Land is not depreciated. 

The  assets’  residual  values,  useful  lives  and  methods  of  depreciation  are  reviewed  at  each 
financial year-end and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate. 

Cash consists of petty cash and demand deposits. Cash equivalents, when applicable, consist of 

short-term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less.  

Rental Equipment 

Trade  accounts receivable  are  amounts  due from  customers for merchandise  sold  or services 

performed in the ordinary course of business. If collection is expected in one year or less (or in 

the normal operating cycle of the business, if longer), they are classified as current assets. If not, 

they are presented as non-current assets. Trade accounts receivable are recognized initially at 

amounts  due,  net  of  impairment  for  estimated  expected  credit  loss  (allowance  for  doubtful 

accounts).  The  expense  relating  to  expected  credit  loss  is  included  within  selling  and 

administrative expenses in the consolidated income statements. 

Rental  equipment  is  recorded  at  cost,  net  of  accumulated  depreciation  and  any  impairment 
losses.  Cost  is  determined  on  a  specific-item  basis.  Rental  equipment  is  depreciated  to  its 
estimated residual value over its estimated useful life on a straight-line basis, which ranges from 
1 to 10 years. 

The  assets’  residual  values,  useful  lives  and  methods  of  depreciation  are  reviewed  at  each 
financial year-end and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate. 

Intangible Assets 

Unbilled receivables represent contract assets related to the Company’s rights to consideration 

for work completed but not billed as at the reporting date on the sale of power and energy systems 

Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. Intangible assets 
acquired as part of a business acquisition are initially recorded at the acquisition date fair value. 

12 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the year ended December 31, 2021 

13 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

59

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Following  initial  recognition,  intangible  assets  are  carried  at  cost  less  any  accumulated 
amortization and accumulated impairment losses, as applicable.  

Intangible assets with a finite useful life are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are 
assessed  for  impairment  whenever  there  is  an  indication  that  the  intangible  assets  may  be 
impaired. The amortization period and the amortization method for intangible assets with finite 
useful lives are reviewed at least at the end of each reporting period.  

Amortization is recorded as follows: 

•  Customer relationships – 8 years, straight-line 
•  ERP system – 5 years, straight-line 
•  Customer order backlog – specific basis 
•  Patents and licenses – remaining life, straight-line 

Intangible  assets  with  indefinite  useful  lives  are  not  amortized,  but  are  tested  for  impairment 
annually or when indicators of impairment are present. Distribution networks are considered to 
have an indefinite life based on the terms of the distribution rights contracts. The assessment of 
indefinite  life  is  reviewed  annually  to  determine  whether  the  indefinite  life  continues  to  be 
supportable.  

Provisions 

Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present obligation, legal or constructive, as 
a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits 
will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the 
obligation.  

Provisions for warranty costs are recognized when the product is sold or service provided. Initial 
recognition is based on historical experience.  

Government Grants 

Government  grants  are  recognized  when  there  is  reasonable  assurance  that  the  grant  will  be 
received  and  all  conditions  associated  with  the  grant  are  met.  Claims  under  income-related 
government grants are reported in the consolidated income statements as other income included 
in selling and administrative expenses. Government grants receivable are recorded in accounts 
receivable on the consolidated statements of financial position. 

Financial Instruments 

Financial assets and liabilities are recognized when the entity becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions  of  the  instrument. The  Company  determines the  classification of  its financial  assets 
and liabilities at initial recognition or when reclassified on the consolidated statements of financial 
position. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in the following measurement categories: 
(i) amortized  cost;  (ii)  fair  value  through  other  comprehensive  income  (loss);  or  (iii)  fair  value 
through profit usually, or loss (“FVTPL”). Initially, all financial assets and liabilities are recognized 
at fair  value.  Regular-way  trades  of financial  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  on  the trade 
date. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred, except for loans and receivables and loans 
and borrowings, in which case transaction costs are included in the initial cost. 

14 

60

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Following  initial  recognition,  intangible  assets  are  carried  at  cost  less  any  accumulated 

Financial Assets 

amortization and accumulated impairment losses, as applicable.  

Intangible assets with a finite useful life are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are 

assessed  for  impairment  whenever  there  is  an  indication  that  the  intangible  assets  may  be 

impaired. The amortization period and the amortization method for intangible assets with finite 

useful lives are reviewed at least at the end of each reporting period.  

Amortization is recorded as follows: 

•  Customer relationships – 8 years, straight-line 

•  ERP system – 5 years, straight-line 

•  Customer order backlog – specific basis 

•  Patents and licenses – remaining life, straight-line 

Intangible  assets  with  indefinite  useful  lives  are  not  amortized,  but  are  tested  for  impairment 

annually or when indicators of impairment are present. Distribution networks are considered to 

have an indefinite life based on the terms of the distribution rights contracts. The assessment of 

indefinite  life  is  reviewed  annually  to  determine  whether  the  indefinite  life  continues  to  be 

supportable.  

Provisions 

obligation.  

Government Grants 

Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present obligation, legal or constructive, as 

a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits 

will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the 

Provisions for warranty costs are recognized when the product is sold or service provided. Initial 

recognition is based on historical experience.  

Government  grants  are  recognized  when  there  is  reasonable  assurance  that  the  grant  will  be 

received  and  all  conditions  associated  with  the  grant  are  met.  Claims  under  income-related 

government grants are reported in the consolidated income statements as other income included 

in selling and administrative expenses. Government grants receivable are recorded in accounts 

receivable on the consolidated statements of financial position. 

Financial Instruments 

Financial assets and liabilities are recognized when the entity becomes a party to the contractual 

provisions  of  the  instrument. The  Company  determines the  classification of  its financial  assets 

and liabilities at initial recognition or when reclassified on the consolidated statements of financial 

position. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in the following measurement categories: 

(i) amortized  cost;  (ii)  fair  value  through  other  comprehensive  income  (loss);  or  (iii)  fair  value 

through profit usually, or loss (“FVTPL”). Initially, all financial assets and liabilities are recognized 

at fair  value.  Regular-way  trades  of financial  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  on  the trade 

date. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred, except for loans and receivables and loans 

and borrowings, in which case transaction costs are included in the initial cost. 

Subsequent measurement of financial assets depends on the classification. The Company has 
made the following classifications: 

•  Cash is classified as held for trading and as such is measured at fair value, with changes 

in fair value being included in profit or loss. 

•  Accounts receivable are classified as loans and receivables and are recorded at amortized 

cost using the effective interest rate method, less provisions for doubtful accounts. 

The Company assesses, as at each consolidated statement of financial position date, whether there 
is any objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired.  

Financial Liabilities 

All financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest 
rate method or at FVTPL. Financial liabilities are classified as FVTPL when the financial liability 
is: (i) contingent consideration of an acquirer in a business combination; (ii) held for trading; or 
(iii) it is designated as FVTPL. 

For financial liabilities that are designated as FVTPL, the amount of change in the fair value of 
the financial liability that is attributable to changes in the credit risk of that liability is recognized in 
other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”), unless the recognition of the effects of changes in 
the liability’s credit risk in OCI would create or enlarge an accounting mismatch in the consolidated 
income statements. The remaining amount of change in the fair value of the liability is recognized 
in the consolidated income statements. Changes in fair value attributable to a financial liability’s 
credit risk that are recognized in OCI are not subsequently reclassified to the consolidated income 
statements; instead, they are transferred to retained earnings upon derecognition of the financial 
liability.  

Financial  liabilities  that  are  not:  (i)  contingent  consideration  of  an  acquirer  in  a  business 
combination; (ii) held for trading; or (iii) are designated as FVTPL, are subsequently measured at 
amortized cost using the effective interest rate method.  

Derivatives 

Derivative assets and liabilities are classified as held for trading and are measured at fair value 
with changes in fair value being included in profit or loss, unless they are designated as hedging 
instruments, in which case changes in fair value are included in OCI. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

The  Company  uses  the  following  hierarchy  for  determining  and  disclosing  the  fair  value  of 
financial instruments by valuation technique: 

•  Level 1 – unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 
•  Level 2 – other techniques for which all inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded 

fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly. 

•  Level  3  –  techniques  that  use  inputs  that  have  a  significant  effect  on  the  recorded  fair 

value that are not based on observable market data. 

14 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the year ended December 31, 2021 

15 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

61

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment of Financial Assets 

Financial  assets  classified  as  amortized  cost  are  assessed  for  impairment  at  the  end  of  each 
reporting  period  and  a  loss  allowance  is  measured  by  estimating  the  lifetime  expected  credit 
losses. Certain categories of financial assets, such as trade receivables, that are considered not 
to be impaired individually are also assessed for impairment on a collective basis. 

A financial  asset  is considered  in  default  when  contractual  payments  are  90  days  past  due.  A 
financial asset may also be considered to be in default if internal or external information indicates 
that the Company is unlikely to receive the outstanding contractual amounts in full before taking 
into  account  any  credit  enhancements  held.  A  financial  asset  is  written  off  when  there  is  no 
reasonable expectation of recovering the contractual cash flows.  

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedge Accounting 

Derivative financial arrangements are used to hedge exposure to fluctuations in exchange rates. 
Such derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value on the date on which a 
derivative  contract  is  entered  into  and  are  subsequently  measured  at  fair  value.  Derivatives  are 
carried as financial assets when the fair value is positive and as financial liabilities when the fair 
value is negative.  

At  inception,  the  Company  designates  and  documents  the  hedge  relationship,  including 
identification of the transaction and the risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking 
the  hedge. The  Company  also  documents  its  assessment,  both  at  hedge  inception  and  on  an 
ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective 
in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items. 

The Company has designated certain derivatives as cash flow hedges. These are hedges of firm 
commitments and highly probable forecast transactions. The effective portion of changes in the 
fair value of derivatives that are designated as a cash flow hedge is recognized in OCI. The gain 
or  loss  relating to the  ineffective  portion  is recognized  immediately  in  the  consolidated  income 
statements. Additionally: 

• 

If  a  hedge  of  a  forecast  transaction  subsequently  results  in  the  recognition  of  a  non-
financial asset, the associated gains or losses that were recognized in OCI are included 
in the initial cost or other carrying amount of the asset; 

•  For cash flow hedges other than those identified above, amounts accumulated in OCI are 
recycled to the consolidated income statements in the period when the hedged item will 
affect earnings (for instance, when the forecast sale that is hedged takes place); 

•  When  a  hedging  instrument  expires  or  is  sold,  or  when  a  hedge  no  longer  meets  the 
criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss in OCI remains in OCI and is 
recognized  when  the  forecast  transaction  is  ultimately  recognized  in  the  consolidated 
income statements; and 

•  When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss 
that  was  reported  in  OCI  is  immediately  recognized  in  the  consolidated  income 
statements. 

Impairment of Non-financial Assets 

The  Company  assesses  whether  goodwill  or  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives  may  be 
impaired annually during the fourth quarter, or when indicators of impairment are present. For the 

16 

62

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment of Financial Assets 

Financial  assets  classified  as  amortized  cost  are  assessed  for  impairment  at  the  end  of  each 

reporting  period  and  a  loss  allowance  is  measured  by  estimating  the  lifetime  expected  credit 

losses. Certain categories of financial assets, such as trade receivables, that are considered not 

to be impaired individually are also assessed for impairment on a collective basis. 

A financial  asset  is considered  in  default  when  contractual  payments  are  90  days  past  due.  A 

financial asset may also be considered to be in default if internal or external information indicates 

that the Company is unlikely to receive the outstanding contractual amounts in full before taking 

into  account  any  credit  enhancements  held.  A  financial  asset  is  written  off  when  there  is  no 

reasonable expectation of recovering the contractual cash flows.  

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedge Accounting 

Derivative financial arrangements are used to hedge exposure to fluctuations in exchange rates. 

Such derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value on the date on which a 

derivative  contract  is  entered  into  and  are  subsequently  measured  at  fair  value.  Derivatives  are 

carried as financial assets when the fair value is positive and as financial liabilities when the fair 

value is negative.  

At  inception,  the  Company  designates  and  documents  the  hedge  relationship,  including 

identification of the transaction and the risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking 

the  hedge. The  Company  also  documents  its  assessment,  both  at  hedge  inception  and  on  an 

ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective 

in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items. 

The Company has designated certain derivatives as cash flow hedges. These are hedges of firm 

commitments and highly probable forecast transactions. The effective portion of changes in the 

fair value of derivatives that are designated as a cash flow hedge is recognized in OCI. The gain 

or  loss  relating to the  ineffective  portion  is recognized  immediately  in  the  consolidated  income 

statements. Additionally: 

• 

If  a  hedge  of  a  forecast  transaction  subsequently  results  in  the  recognition  of  a  non-

financial asset, the associated gains or losses that were recognized in OCI are included 

in the initial cost or other carrying amount of the asset; 

•  For cash flow hedges other than those identified above, amounts accumulated in OCI are 

recycled to the consolidated income statements in the period when the hedged item will 

affect earnings (for instance, when the forecast sale that is hedged takes place); 

•  When  a  hedging  instrument  expires  or  is  sold,  or  when  a  hedge  no  longer  meets  the 

criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss in OCI remains in OCI and is 

recognized  when  the  forecast  transaction  is  ultimately  recognized  in  the  consolidated 

•  When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss 

that  was  reported  in  OCI  is  immediately  recognized  in  the  consolidated  income 

income statements; and 

statements. 

Impairment of Non-financial Assets 

The  Company  assesses  whether  goodwill  or  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives  may  be 

impaired annually during the fourth quarter, or when indicators of impairment are present. For the 

purpose  of  impairment  testing,  goodwill  arising  from  acquisitions  is  allocated  to  each  of  the 
Company’s CGUs or group of CGUs expected to benefit from the acquisition. The level at which 
goodwill  is  allocated  represents  the  lowest  level  at  which  goodwill  is  monitored  for  internal 
management  purposes,  and  is  not  higher  than  an  operating  segment.  Intangible  assets  with 
indefinite lives that do not have separate identifiable cash flows are also allocated to CGUs or a 
group  of  CGUs.  Any  potential  impairment  of  goodwill  or  intangible  assets  is  identified  by 
comparing  the  recoverable  amount  of  a  CGU  or  a  group  of  CGUs  to  its  carrying  value.  The 
recoverable  amount  is  the  higher  of  its  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  and  its  value-in-use.  If  the 
recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount, then the impairment loss is allocated first 
to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill and then to the other assets pro-rata on the basis 
of the carrying amount of each asset. In determining fair value less costs to sell, recent market 
transactions are taken into account, if available. In assessing value-in-use, the estimated future 
cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current 
market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Impairment 
losses are recognized in the consolidated income statements. 

For  non-financial  assets  other  than  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives,  an 
assessment is made at each reporting date whether there is any indication of impairment, or that 
previously  recognized  impairment  losses  may  no  longer  exist  or  may  have  decreased.  If  such 
indication exists, the Company estimates the asset’s recoverable amount. An impairment loss is 
recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. 
A  previously  recognized  impairment  loss  is  reversed  only  if  there  has  been  a  change  in  the 
assumptions used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss 
was recognized. The reversal is limited so that the carrying amount of the asset does not exceed 
its recoverable amount, nor exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of 
depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years. Such reversal 
is recognized in the consolidated income statements. 

Revenue from Contracts with Customers 

Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized when control of the goods or services are 
transferred to the customer at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company 
expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.  

•  Sale  of  Equipment  –  Revenue  is  recognized  when  control  of  the  equipment  has  been 
transferred to the customer. This usually occurs when the equipment is delivered or picked 
up by the customer. The transaction price is documented on the sales invoice and agreed 
to by the customer. Payment is generally due at the time of delivery; as such, a receivable 
is  recognized  as  the  consideration  is  unconditional  and  only  the  passage  of  time  is 
required  before  payment  is  due.  In  certain  situations,  control  transfers  to  the  customer 
through  a  bill  and  hold  arrangement  when  the  following  criteria  are  met:  (i)  there  is  a 
substantive  reason  for  the  arrangement;  (ii)  the  equipment  is  separately  identified  as 
belonging to the customer; (iii) Toromont is no longer able to use the equipment or direct 
it to another customer; and (iv) the equipment is currently ready for physical transfer to the 
customer.  

•  Sale of Equipment with a Guaranteed Residual Value or Repurchase Commitment – The 
sale of equipment for which the Company has provided a guarantee to repurchase the 
equipment at a predetermined residual value and date is accounted for as an operating 
lease in accordance with IFRS 16 – Leases (“IFRS 16”). Revenue is therefore recognized 
over the period extending to the date of the residual guarantee. 

16 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the year ended December 31, 2021 

17 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

63

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Sale of Systems – The Company sells systems, including power and energy facilities and 
industrial and recreational refrigeration systems, which involve the design, manufacture, 
installation and commissioning of longer-term projects under the customer’s control and 
can span from three months to one year. Revenue is recognized progressively based on 
the percentage-of-completion method. This method is normally measured by reference to 
costs incurred to date as a percentage of the total estimated costs. Payment terms are 
usually  based  on  set  milestones  outlined  in  the  contract.  Periodically:  (i) amounts  are 
received in advance of the associated contract work being performed – these amounts 
are recorded as deferred revenues and contract liabilities; and (ii) revenue is recognized 
without  issuing  an  invoice  –  this  entitlement  to  consideration  is  recognized  as  unbilled 
receivables. Any foreseeable losses on such projects are recognized immediately in profit 
or loss as identified. 

•  Equipment Rentals – Revenue is accounted for in accordance with IFRS 16. Revenue is 
recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement. Payment terms are 
generally 30 days from invoicing. 

•  Product Support Services – Revenue from product support services includes the sale of 
parts  and  performance of  service  work on  equipment.  For the  sale  of parts,  revenue  is 
recognized when the part is shipped or picked up by the customer. For the servicing of 
equipment,  revenue  on  both  the  labour  and  parts  used  in  performing  the  work  is 
recognized  when  the  job  is  completed.  Payment  terms  are  generally  30  days  from 
invoicing.     

•  Long-term  Maintenance  Contracts  –  Long-term  maintenance  contracts  generally  range 
from  one  to  five  years  and  are  customer-specific.  These  contracts  are  sold  either 
separately  or  bundled  together  with  the  sale  of  equipment  to  a  customer.  These 
arrangements cover a range of services from regular maintenance to major repairs. The 
Company has concluded that these are two separate performance obligations as each of 
the promises to transfer equipment and provide services is capable of being distinct and 
separately identifiable. If the sales are bundled, the Company allocates a portion of the 
transaction  price  based  on  the  relative  stand-alone  selling  price  to  each  performance 
obligation.  Customers  are  invoiced  on  a  periodic  basis  reflecting  the  terms  of  the 
agreement,  generally  based  on  machine  hours,  with  payment  terms  of  30  days  from 
invoicing.  These  amounts  are  recognized  as  deferred  revenues  and  contract  liabilities.  
Revenue  is  recognized  as  work  is  performed  under  the  contract  based  on  standard  or 
contract  rates.  Revenue  from  maintenance  services  is  recognized  over  time,  using  an 
input method to measure progress towards complete satisfaction of the service. 

•  Extended  Warranty  –  Extended  warranty  may  be  purchased  by  a  customer  at  time  of 
purchase of a machine to provide additional warranty coverage beyond the initial one-year 
standard warranty covered by the supplier. Extended warranty generally covers specified 
components for a term from three to five years. Extended warranty is normally invoiced at 
time of purchase and payment is expected at time of invoicing. These billings are included 
in  deferred  revenues  and  contract  liabilities.  The  Company  recognizes  revenue  for 
extended  warranty  as  work  is  performed  under  the  extended  warranty  contract  using 
standard rates. 

•  Power Generation – The Company owns and operates power generation plants that sell 
electricity and thermal power. Revenue is recognized monthly based on set rates as power 
is consumed. Payment is due within 30 days of invoicing. 

Consideration is given whether there are other promises in a contract with a customer that are 
separate performance obligations to which a portion of the transaction price needs to be allocated. 
In  determining  the  transaction  price  for  the  sale  of  equipment,  variable  consideration,  the 

18 

64

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
•  Sale of Systems – The Company sells systems, including power and energy facilities and 

industrial and recreational refrigeration systems, which involve the design, manufacture, 

installation and commissioning of longer-term projects under the customer’s control and 

can span from three months to one year. Revenue is recognized progressively based on 

the percentage-of-completion method. This method is normally measured by reference to 

costs incurred to date as a percentage of the total estimated costs. Payment terms are 

usually  based  on  set  milestones  outlined  in  the  contract.  Periodically:  (i) amounts  are 

received in advance of the associated contract work being performed – these amounts 

are recorded as deferred revenues and contract liabilities; and (ii) revenue is recognized 

without  issuing  an  invoice  –  this  entitlement  to  consideration  is  recognized  as  unbilled 

receivables. Any foreseeable losses on such projects are recognized immediately in profit 

or loss as identified. 

•  Equipment Rentals – Revenue is accounted for in accordance with IFRS 16. Revenue is 

recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement. Payment terms are 

generally 30 days from invoicing. 

•  Product Support Services – Revenue from product support services includes the sale of 

parts  and  performance of  service  work on  equipment.  For the  sale  of parts,  revenue  is 

recognized when the part is shipped or picked up by the customer. For the servicing of 

equipment,  revenue  on  both  the  labour  and  parts  used  in  performing  the  work  is 

recognized  when  the  job  is  completed.  Payment  terms  are  generally  30  days  from 

invoicing.     

•  Long-term  Maintenance  Contracts  –  Long-term  maintenance  contracts  generally  range 

from  one  to  five  years  and  are  customer-specific.  These  contracts  are  sold  either 

separately  or  bundled  together  with  the  sale  of  equipment  to  a  customer.  These 

arrangements cover a range of services from regular maintenance to major repairs. The 

Company has concluded that these are two separate performance obligations as each of 

the promises to transfer equipment and provide services is capable of being distinct and 

separately identifiable. If the sales are bundled, the Company allocates a portion of the 

transaction  price  based  on  the  relative  stand-alone  selling  price  to  each  performance 

obligation.  Customers  are  invoiced  on  a  periodic  basis  reflecting  the  terms  of  the 

agreement,  generally  based  on  machine  hours,  with  payment  terms  of  30  days  from 

invoicing.  These  amounts  are  recognized  as  deferred  revenues  and  contract  liabilities.  

Revenue  is  recognized  as  work  is  performed  under  the  contract  based  on  standard  or 

contract  rates.  Revenue  from  maintenance  services  is  recognized  over  time,  using  an 

input method to measure progress towards complete satisfaction of the service. 

•  Extended  Warranty  –  Extended  warranty  may  be  purchased  by  a  customer  at  time  of 

purchase of a machine to provide additional warranty coverage beyond the initial one-year 

standard warranty covered by the supplier. Extended warranty generally covers specified 

components for a term from three to five years. Extended warranty is normally invoiced at 

time of purchase and payment is expected at time of invoicing. These billings are included 

in  deferred  revenues  and  contract  liabilities.  The  Company  recognizes  revenue  for 

extended  warranty  as  work  is  performed  under  the  extended  warranty  contract  using 

standard rates. 

•  Power Generation – The Company owns and operates power generation plants that sell 

electricity and thermal power. Revenue is recognized monthly based on set rates as power 

is consumed. Payment is due within 30 days of invoicing. 

Consideration is given whether there are other promises in a contract with a customer that are 

separate performance obligations to which a portion of the transaction price needs to be allocated. 

In  determining  the  transaction  price  for  the  sale  of  equipment,  variable  consideration,  the 

existence  of  significant  financing  components,  non-cash  consideration,  and  consideration 
payable to the customer (if any) are considered.  

Leases 

The Company assesses at contract inception whether a contract is, or contains, a lease, that is, 
if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in 
exchange for consideration.  

Toromont as Lessee 

A single recognition and measurement approach is applied for all leases, except for short-term 
leases  and  leases  of  low-value  assets.  Right-of-use  assets  representing  the  right  to  use  the 
underlying assets and lease liabilities representing lease payments are recognized. 

Right-of-use assets 

Right-of-use  assets  are recognized  at  the commencement  date  of the  lease  (i.e., the  date the 
underlying  asset  is  available  for  use)  and  are  measured  at  cost,  less  any  accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease 
liabilities  recognized,  initial  direct  costs  incurred,  and  lease  payments  made  at  or  before  the 
commencement  date,  less  any  lease  incentives  received.  Unless  the  Company  is  reasonably 
certain to obtain ownership of the leased asset at the end of the lease term, the recognized right-
of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful 
life and the lease term, which ranges from three to five years for vehicles and 1 to 15 years for 
properties. Right-of-use assets are subject to impairment.   

Lease liabilities 

At  the  commencement  date  of  the  lease,  lease  liabilities  are  recognized  and  measured  at  the 
present value of lease payments to be made over the lease term. The lease payments include 
fixed payments less any lease incentives receivable, variable lease payments that depend on an 
index or a rate, and amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees. 

The interest rate implicit in the lease is used, if readily determinable, to calculate the present value 
of lease payments. If not readily determinable, the Company’s incremental borrowing rate at the 
lease  commencement  date  is  used  in  the  present  value  calculation.  After  the  commencement 
date,  the  amount  of  lease  liabilities  is  reduced  by  the  lease  payments  made.  In  addition,  the 
carrying amount of lease liabilities is remeasured if there is a modification, a change in the lease 
term,  a  change  in  the  in-substance  fixed  lease  payments  or  a  change  in  the  assessment  to 
purchase the underlying asset.  

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets  

The  short-term  lease  recognition  exemption  is  applied  to  leases  that  have  a  lease  term  of  12 
months  or  less  from  the  commencement  date  and  do  not  contain  a  purchase  option.  The 
Company  also  applies  the  recognition  exemption  for  leases  that  are  considered  of  low  value. 
Lease  payments  on  short-term  leases  and  leases  of  low-value  assets  are  recognized  as  an 
expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.  

18 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the year ended December 31, 2021 

19 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

65

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Toromont as Lessor 

Leases in which the Company does not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental 
to ownership of an asset are classified as operating leases. Rental income arising is recognized 
on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  lease  terms  and  is  included  in  the  consolidated  income 
statements. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added 
to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognized over the lease term on the same basis 
as rental income.  

Foreign Currency Translation 

The  functional  and  presentation  currency  of  the  Company  is  the  Canadian  dollar.  Each  of  the 
Company’s subsidiaries determines its functional currency. 

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded at the functional currency rate prevailing 
as at the date of the transaction or at the average rate for the period when this is a reasonable 
approximation. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated 
at the functional currency spot rate of exchange as at the reporting date. All differences are taken 
directly to profit or loss. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a 
foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates as at the dates of the initial transactions.  

The  assets  and  liabilities  of  foreign  operations  (having  a  functional  currency  other  than  the 
Canadian dollar) are translated into Canadian dollars at the rate of exchange prevailing at the 
consolidated statement of financial position dates and the consolidated income statements are 
translated  at  the  average  exchange  rate  for  the  period.  The  exchange  differences  arising  on 
translation are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ 
equity. On disposal of a foreign operation, the deferred cumulative amount recognized in equity 
is recognized in the consolidated income statements. 

Share-based Payment Transactions 

The Company maintains both equity-settled and cash-settled share-based compensation plans 
under  which  the  Company  receives  services  from  employees,  including senior  executives  and 
directors, as consideration for equity instruments of the Company. 

For equity-settled plans, expense is based on the fair value of the awards granted determined 
using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  and  the  best  estimate  of  the  number  of  equity 
instruments that will ultimately vest. For awards with graded vesting, each tranche is considered 
to be a separate grant based on its respective vesting period. The fair value of each tranche is 
determined separately on the date of the grant and is recognized as stock-based compensation 
expense, net of forfeiture estimate, over its respective vesting period.  

For cash-settled plans, the expense is determined based on the fair value of the liability incurred 
at each award date. The fair value of the liability is measured by applying quoted market prices. 
Changes  in  fair  value  are  recognized  in  the  consolidated  income  statements  in  selling  and 
administrative expenses. 

Employee Future Benefits 

For  defined  contribution  plans,  the  pension  expense  recorded  in  the  consolidated  income 
statements is the amount of the contributions the Company is required to pay in accordance with 

20 

66

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Toromont as Lessor 

the terms of the plans.  

Leases in which the Company does not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental 

to ownership of an asset are classified as operating leases. Rental income arising is recognized 

on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  lease  terms  and  is  included  in  the  consolidated  income 

statements. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added 

to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognized over the lease term on the same basis 

as rental income.  

Foreign Currency Translation 

The  functional  and  presentation  currency  of  the  Company  is  the  Canadian  dollar.  Each  of  the 

Company’s subsidiaries determines its functional currency. 

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded at the functional currency rate prevailing 

as at the date of the transaction or at the average rate for the period when this is a reasonable 

approximation. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated 

at the functional currency spot rate of exchange as at the reporting date. All differences are taken 

directly to profit or loss. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a 

foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates as at the dates of the initial transactions.  

The  assets  and  liabilities  of  foreign  operations  (having  a  functional  currency  other  than  the 

Canadian dollar) are translated into Canadian dollars at the rate of exchange prevailing at the 

consolidated statement of financial position dates and the consolidated income statements are 

translated  at  the  average  exchange  rate  for  the  period.  The  exchange  differences  arising  on 

translation are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ 

equity. On disposal of a foreign operation, the deferred cumulative amount recognized in equity 

is recognized in the consolidated income statements. 

Share-based Payment Transactions 

The Company maintains both equity-settled and cash-settled share-based compensation plans 

under  which  the  Company  receives  services  from  employees,  including senior  executives  and 

directors, as consideration for equity instruments of the Company. 

For equity-settled plans, expense is based on the fair value of the awards granted determined 

using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  and  the  best  estimate  of  the  number  of  equity 

instruments that will ultimately vest. For awards with graded vesting, each tranche is considered 

to be a separate grant based on its respective vesting period. The fair value of each tranche is 

determined separately on the date of the grant and is recognized as stock-based compensation 

expense, net of forfeiture estimate, over its respective vesting period.  

For cash-settled plans, the expense is determined based on the fair value of the liability incurred 

at each award date. The fair value of the liability is measured by applying quoted market prices. 

Changes  in  fair  value  are  recognized  in  the  consolidated  income  statements  in  selling  and 

administrative expenses. 

Employee Future Benefits 

For  defined  contribution  plans,  the  pension  expense  recorded  in  the  consolidated  income 

statements is the amount of the contributions the Company is required to pay in accordance with 

For  defined  benefit  pension  plans  and  other  post-employment  benefit  plans,  the  expense  is 
determined separately for each plan using the following policies: 

•  The  cost  of  future  benefits  earned  by  employees  is  actuarially  determined  using  the 
projected  unit  credit  method  prorated  on  length  of  service  and  management’s  best 
estimate assumptions using a measurement date of December 31; 

•  Net interest is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net defined benefit liability or 

asset; 

•  Past service costs from plan amendments are recognized immediately in net earnings to 
the extent that the benefits have vested; otherwise, they are amortized on a straight-line 
basis over the vesting period; and 

•  Actuarial  gains  and  losses  arising  from  experience  adjustments,  changes  in  actuarial 
assumptions  and  changes  in  the  effect  of  the  asset  ceiling  are  recognized  in  retained 
earnings  and  included  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  comprehensive  income  in  the 
period in which they occur.  

Defined  benefit  plan  assets  or  liabilities  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statements  of financial 
position correspond to the difference between the present value of defined benefit obligations and 
the fair value of plan assets. In the case  of  a  surplus  funded  plan,  these  assets  are  limited  
at  the  lesser  of  the  actuarial  value  determined  for accounting  purposes  or  the  value  of  
the  future  economic  benefit  by  way  of  surplus  refunds  or  contribution holidays. ( 

Income Taxes 

Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered 
from or paid to taxation authorities.  

Deferred  income  taxes  are  provided  for  using  the  liability  method  on  temporary  differences 
between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting 
purposes at the reporting date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted or 
substantively enacted income tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which 
those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax 
assets and liabilities of a change in income tax rates is recognized in the consolidated income 
statements in the period that includes the date of substantive enactment. The Company assesses 
recoverability  of  deferred  tax  assets  based  on  the  Company’s  estimates  and  assumptions. 
Deferred  tax  assets  are  recorded  at  an  amount  that  the  Company  considers  probable  to  be 
realized.  

Current and deferred income taxes, relating to items recognized directly in shareholders’ equity, 
are also recognized directly in shareholders’ equity. 

Borrowing Costs 

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset that 
necessarily  takes  a  substantial  period  of  time  to  get  ready  for  its  intended  use  or  sale  are 
capitalized as part of the cost of the respective asset. All other borrowing costs are expensed in 
the period they occur.  

20 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the year ended December 31, 2021 

21 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

67

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Standards Adopted in 2021 

The Company has not early-adopted any other standard, interpretation or amendment that has 
been issued but is not yet effective. 

Amendments Issued but Not Effective  

A number of amendments to standards have been issued but are not yet effective for the financial 
year  ended  December  31,  2021,  and  accordingly,  have  not  been  applied  in  preparing  these 
consolidated  financial  statements.  The  Company  reviewed  these  amendments  and  concluded 
that there would be no impact on adoption given their nature and applicability. 

2.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make 
judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities 
as at the end of the reporting period, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during 
the  reporting  periods.  Uncertainty  about  these  assumptions  and  estimates  could  result  in 
outcomes that require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability affected 
in future periods.  

Management evaluates its estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis, considering historical 
experience,  external  information  and  observable  conditions  where  possible,  supplemented  by 
internal analysis as required. Revisions to estimates are recognized prospectively. 

The uncertainties around the COVID-19 pandemic, the continuing resurgences and variants of 
COVID-19, and related restrictions to contain its spread have been considered in management’s 
estimates  and  judgments  described  below  at  December  31,  2021;  however,  estimates  and 
judgments made during periods of volatility are subject to a higher level of uncertainty and as a 
result, there may be prospective material impacts in future periods. The breadth, duration, impact 
and  response  of  this  pandemic  are  unknown  and  evolving.  Staff  shortages, reduced  customer 
activity and demand, supplier constraints, increased government regulations or intervention, are 
some of the factors that have and may continue to negatively impact the business, consolidated 
financial results and conditions of the Company. It is not possible to reliably estimate the length 
and severity of these developments as well as the impact on the consolidated financial results 
and condition of the Company in future periods. 

The financial statement areas that require significant estimates and judgments are as follows:  

Sale of Power and Energy Systems and Refrigeration Packages 

Revenue  is  recognized  over  time  for  the  sale  of  power  and  energy  systems  and  refrigeration 
packages.  Because  of  the  control  transferring  over  time,  revenue  is  recognized  based  on  the 
extent of progress towards completion of the performance obligation. The selection of the method 
to  measure  progress towards  completion requires judgment  and  is  based  on the  nature  of the 
products and services to be provided.  

The percentage-of-completion method is used as the measure of progress for these contracts as 
it best depicts the transfer of assets to the customer, which occurs as costs are incurred on the 

22 

68

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company has not early-adopted any other standard, interpretation or amendment that has 

Standards Adopted in 2021 

been issued but is not yet effective. 

Amendments Issued but Not Effective  

A number of amendments to standards have been issued but are not yet effective for the financial 

year  ended  December  31,  2021,  and  accordingly,  have  not  been  applied  in  preparing  these 

consolidated  financial  statements.  The  Company  reviewed  these  amendments  and  concluded 

that there would be no impact on adoption given their nature and applicability. 

2.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make 

judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the 

reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities 

as at the end of the reporting period, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during 

the  reporting  periods.  Uncertainty  about  these  assumptions  and  estimates  could  result  in 

outcomes that require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability affected 

in future periods.  

Management evaluates its estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis, considering historical 

experience,  external  information  and  observable  conditions  where  possible,  supplemented  by 

internal analysis as required. Revisions to estimates are recognized prospectively. 

The uncertainties around the COVID-19 pandemic, the continuing resurgences and variants of 

COVID-19, and related restrictions to contain its spread have been considered in management’s 

estimates  and  judgments  described  below  at  December  31,  2021;  however,  estimates  and 

judgments made during periods of volatility are subject to a higher level of uncertainty and as a 

result, there may be prospective material impacts in future periods. The breadth, duration, impact 

and  response  of  this  pandemic  are  unknown  and  evolving.  Staff  shortages, reduced  customer 

activity and demand, supplier constraints, increased government regulations or intervention, are 

some of the factors that have and may continue to negatively impact the business, consolidated 

financial results and conditions of the Company. It is not possible to reliably estimate the length 

and severity of these developments as well as the impact on the consolidated financial results 

and condition of the Company in future periods. 

The financial statement areas that require significant estimates and judgments are as follows:  

Sale of Power and Energy Systems and Refrigeration Packages 

Revenue  is  recognized  over  time  for  the  sale  of  power  and  energy  systems  and  refrigeration 

packages.  Because  of  the  control  transferring  over  time,  revenue  is  recognized  based  on  the 

extent of progress towards completion of the performance obligation. The selection of the method 

to  measure  progress towards  completion requires judgment  and  is  based  on the  nature  of the 

products and services to be provided.  

The percentage-of-completion method is used as the measure of progress for these contracts as 

it best depicts the transfer of assets to the customer, which occurs as costs are incurred on the 

contracts.  Under  the  percentage-of-completion  method,  the  extent  of  progress  towards 
completion is measured based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs 
of  completion  of  the  performance  obligation.  Revenue  is  recorded  proportionally  as  costs  are 
incurred.  Costs  to  fulfill  include  labour,  materials  and  subcontractors’  costs,  other  direct  costs, 
and an allocation of indirect costs.  

This method requires management to make a number of estimates and assumptions about the 
expected profitability of the contract. These factors are routinely reviewed as part of the project 
management process. 

Long-term Maintenance Contracts 

These contracts typically have fixed prices based on either machine hours or cost per hour, with 
provisions  for  inflationary  and  exchange  adjustments.  Revenue  is  recognized  as  work  is 
performed under the contract based on standard or contract rates. Revenue from maintenance 
services is recognized over time, using an input method to measure progress towards complete 
satisfaction of the service. 

Management  makes  a  number  of  estimates  and  assumptions  surrounding  machine  usage, 
machine  performance,  future  parts  and  labour  pricing,  manufacturers’  warranty  coverage  and 
other detailed factors. These factors are routinely reviewed as part of the project management 
process. 

Property, Plant and Equipment and Rental Equipment 

Depreciation  is  calculated  based  on  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  assets  and  estimated 
residual  values.  Depreciation  expense  is  sensitive  to  the  estimated  service  lives  and  residual 
values determined for each type of asset. Actual lives and residual values may vary depending 
on  a  number  of  factors  including  technological  innovation,  product  life  cycles  and  physical 
condition of the asset, prospective use, and maintenance programs. 

Impairment of Non-financial Assets 

Judgment is used in identifying an appropriate discount rate and growth rate for the calculations 
required  in  assessing  potential  impairment  of  non-financial  assets.  Judgment  is  also  used  in 
identifying the CGUs to which the intangible assets should be allocated, and the CGU or group of 
CGUs  at  which  goodwill  is  monitored  for  internal  management  purposes.  The  impairment 
calculations  require  the  use  of  estimates  related  to  the  future  operating  results  and  cash-
generating ability of the assets. 

Income Taxes 

Estimates and judgments are made for uncertainties that exist with respect to the interpretation 
of  complex  tax  regulations,  changes  in  tax  laws,  and  the  amount  and  timing  of  future  taxable 
income.  

Inventories 

Management is required to make an assessment of the net realizable value of inventory at each 
reporting period. These estimates are determined on the basis of age, stock levels, current market 
prices, current economic trends and past experience in the measurement of net realizable value.  

22 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the year ended December 31, 2021 

23 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

69

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

The Company makes estimates for allowances that represent its estimate of potential losses in 
respect  of  trade  receivables.  The  main  components  of  this  allowance  are  a  specific  loss 
component  that  relates  to  individually  significant  exposures,  and  a  collective  loss  component 
established for groups of similar assets in respect of losses that may have been incurred but not 
yet specifically identified. The Company’s allowance is determined by historical experiences, and 
considers factors  including  the  aging  of  the  balances, the  customer’s  creditworthiness,  current 
the 
economic  conditions,  expectation  of  bankruptcies  and 
markets/locations  of  customers.    COVID-19  has  increased  the  measurement  uncertainty  with 
respect to the determination of the allowance for doubtful accounts. 

the  economic  volatility 

in 

Share-based Compensation 

The  option  pricing  model  used  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  share-based  payments  requires 
various  estimates  relating  to  volatility,  interest  rates,  dividend  yields  and  expected  life  of  the 
options granted. Fair value inputs are subject to market factors as well as internal estimates. The 
Company  considers  historic  trends  together  with  any  new  information  to  determine  the  best 
estimate of fair value at the date of grant. Separate from the fair value calculation, the Company 
is required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate of equity-settled share-based payments. 

Post-employment Benefit Plans 

The Company has defined benefit pension plans and other post-employment benefit plans that 
provide  certain  benefits  to  its  employees.  Actuarial  valuations  of  these  plans  are  based  on 
assumptions, which include discount rates, retail price inflation, mortality rates, employee turnover 
and  salary  escalation  rates.  Judgment  is  exercised  in  setting  these  assumptions.  These 
assumptions impact the measurement of the net employee benefit obligation, funding levels, the 
net benefit cost and the actuarial gains and losses recognized in OCI.  

Leases 

The lease term is determined as the non-cancellable term of the lease, together with any periods 
covered by an option to extend the lease if it is reasonably certain to be exercised.  

The  Company  applies  judgment  in  evaluating  whether  it  is  reasonably  certain  to  exercise  the 
option to renew. All relevant factors that create an economic incentive for it to exercise the renewal 
are  considered.  After  the  commencement  date,  the  lease  term  is  reassessed  if  there  is  a 
significant event or change in circumstances that is within the Company’s control and affects its 
ability to exercise (or not to exercise) the option to renew.  

The Company cannot readily determine the interest rate implicit in the lease; therefore, it uses its 
incremental borrowing rate (“IBR”) to measure lease liabilities. The IBR is a rate of interest that 
the Company would have to pay to borrow funds, over a similar term and with similar security, in 
order  to  obtain  an  asset  of  similar  value  to  the  right-of-use  asset  in  a  similar  economic 
environment. The Company estimates the IBR using observable market interest rates and adjusts 
for entity-specific estimates, such as credit rating. 

24 

70

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

The Company makes estimates for allowances that represent its estimate of potential losses in 

respect  of  trade  receivables.  The  main  components  of  this  allowance  are  a  specific  loss 

component  that  relates  to  individually  significant  exposures,  and  a  collective  loss  component 

established for groups of similar assets in respect of losses that may have been incurred but not 

yet specifically identified. The Company’s allowance is determined by historical experiences, and 

considers factors  including  the  aging  of  the  balances, the  customer’s  creditworthiness,  current 

economic  conditions,  expectation  of  bankruptcies  and 

the  economic  volatility 

in 

the 

markets/locations  of  customers.    COVID-19  has  increased  the  measurement  uncertainty  with 

respect to the determination of the allowance for doubtful accounts. 

Share-based Compensation 

The  option  pricing  model  used  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  share-based  payments  requires 

various  estimates  relating  to  volatility,  interest  rates,  dividend  yields  and  expected  life  of  the 

options granted. Fair value inputs are subject to market factors as well as internal estimates. The 

Company  considers  historic  trends  together  with  any  new  information  to  determine  the  best 

estimate of fair value at the date of grant. Separate from the fair value calculation, the Company 

is required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate of equity-settled share-based payments. 

Post-employment Benefit Plans 

The Company has defined benefit pension plans and other post-employment benefit plans that 

provide  certain  benefits  to  its  employees.  Actuarial  valuations  of  these  plans  are  based  on 

assumptions, which include discount rates, retail price inflation, mortality rates, employee turnover 

and  salary  escalation  rates.  Judgment  is  exercised  in  setting  these  assumptions.  These 

assumptions impact the measurement of the net employee benefit obligation, funding levels, the 

net benefit cost and the actuarial gains and losses recognized in OCI.  

Leases 

The lease term is determined as the non-cancellable term of the lease, together with any periods 

covered by an option to extend the lease if it is reasonably certain to be exercised.  

The  Company  applies  judgment  in  evaluating  whether  it  is  reasonably  certain  to  exercise  the 

option to renew. All relevant factors that create an economic incentive for it to exercise the renewal 

are  considered.  After  the  commencement  date,  the  lease  term  is  reassessed  if  there  is  a 

significant event or change in circumstances that is within the Company’s control and affects its 

ability to exercise (or not to exercise) the option to renew.  

The Company cannot readily determine the interest rate implicit in the lease; therefore, it uses its 

incremental borrowing rate (“IBR”) to measure lease liabilities. The IBR is a rate of interest that 

the Company would have to pay to borrow funds, over a similar term and with similar security, in 

order  to  obtain  an  asset  of  similar  value  to  the  right-of-use  asset  in  a  similar  economic 

environment. The Company estimates the IBR using observable market interest rates and adjusts 

for entity-specific estimates, such as credit rating. 

3.  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE  

Trade receivables

Less:  Allowance for doubtful accounts 

Trade receivables, net
Unbilled receivables
Other receivables

The aging of gross trade receivables was as follows: 

Current to 90 days
Over 90 days
Trade receivables

$              

$              

$              

$              

$              

$              

$              

$              

The movement in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts was as follows: 

Balance, January 1
Provisions and revisions, net
Balance, December 31

$                

$                

$                

$                

The movement in the Company’s unbilled receivables was as follows: 

Balance, January 1
Transfer from opening balance to trade receivables
Increase as a result of changes in the measure of progress
Balance, December 31

4.  INVENTORIES 

Equipment
Repair and distribution parts
Direct materials
Work-in-process
Work-in-process (contracts)

$                

$                

$                

$                

$              

$              

$              

$              

2021
409,222
(20,315)
388,907
49,516
13,521
451,944

2021
383,899
25,323
409,222

2021
20,661
(346)
20,315

2021
53,671
(22,997)
18,842
49,516

2021
403,105
223,059
6,035
68,943
19,279
720,421

2020
485,429
(20,661)
464,768
53,671
23,141
541,580

2020
461,908
23,521
485,429

2020
19,941
720
20,661

2020
26,844
(23,597)
50,424
53,671

2020
407,240
230,877
5,055
53,398
31,834
728,404

24 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the year ended December 31, 2021 

25 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

71

The amount of inventory recognized as an expense in cost of goods sold (accounted for other 
than by the percentage-of-completion method) during 2021 was $2.4 billion (2020 - $2.2 billion). 
In 2021, cost of goods sold included inventory write-downs pertaining to obsolescence and aging, 
net of reversal of write-downs of $4.6 million. In 2020, cost of goods sold included a net reversal 
of write-downs of $4.0 million.  

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
                
                
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                      
                       
                 
                 
                  
                  
                
                
                    
                    
                  
                  
                  
                  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.   PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT AND RENTAL EQUIPMENT   

Land

Buildings

Equipment

Power 
Generation

Property, 
Plant and 
Equipment

Rental 
Equipment

Cost
January 1, 2021
Additions
Disposals
Currency translation effects
December 31, 2021

$   

$   

$   

$     

$   

$   

155,332
18,099
(348)
-
173,083

$   

297,266
19,849
(2,048)
(12)
315,055

245,025
33,720
(5,871)
(35)
272,839

39,682
262
-
-
39,944

737,305
71,930
(8,267)
(47)
800,921

$     

$   

Accumulated depreciation
January 1, 2021
Depreciation expense
Depreciation of disposals
Currency translation effects
December 31, 2021
Net book value - December 31, 2021

$              
-
-
-
-
$              
-
$   
173,083

114,226
13,054
(1,955)
(4)
125,321
189,734

165,404
28,917
(5,541)
(28)
188,752
84,087

$   
$     

$     

$   

34,393
1,630
-
-
36,023
3,921

314,023
43,601
(7,496)
(32)
350,096
450,825

$   
$   

$     
$       

$   

$   

932,979
117,759
(80,897)
-
969,841

393,567
100,647
(49,894)
-
444,320
525,521

$   

$   

$   
$   

Cost
January 1, 2020
Additions
Disposals
Currency translation effects
December 31, 2020

Land

Buildings

Equipment

Power 
Generation

Property, 
Plant and 
Equipment

Rental 
Equipment

$   

$   

$   

$     

$   

$   

147,701
11,084
(3,450)
(3)
155,332

$   

292,553
8,570
(3,803)
(54)
297,266

239,134
23,493
(17,480)
(122)
245,025

39,140
542
-
-
39,682

Accumulated depreciation
January 1, 2020
Depreciation expense
Depreciation of disposals
Currency translation effects
December 31, 2020
Net book value - December 31, 2020

-
$              
-
-
-
$              
-
$   
155,332

$   

$   

$     

$     

102,140
13,326
(1,231)
(9)
114,226
183,040

155,098
27,707
(17,314)
(87)
165,404
79,621

$   
$     

32,763
1,630
-
-
34,393
5,289

$     
$       

718,528
43,689
(24,733)
(179)
737,305

290,001
42,663
(18,545)
(96)
314,023
423,282

$   

$   

$   
$   

940,708
88,942
(96,671)
-
932,979

348,305
107,122
(61,860)
-
393,567
539,412

$   

$   

$   
$   

$   

$   

$   
$   

$   

$   

$   
$   

During  2021,  depreciation  expense  of  $126.4  million  was  charged  to  cost  of  goods  sold 
(2020 - $128.6 million)  and  $17.8  million  was  charged  to  selling  and  administrative  expenses 
(2020 - $21.2 million).  

Operating income from rental operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $57.9 million 
(2020 - $38.4 million). 

26 

72

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
       
       
            
       
     
           
        
        
                
        
      
                
            
            
                
            
                
                
       
       
         
       
     
                
        
        
                
        
      
                
              
            
                
            
                
       
         
       
            
       
       
        
        
      
                
      
      
              
            
           
                
           
                
                
       
       
         
       
     
                
        
      
                
      
      
                
              
            
                
            
                
Net book value - December 31, 2021

$   

173,083

$   

189,734

$     

84,087

$       

3,921

$   

450,825

$   

525,521

$              

-

$   

125,321

$   

188,752

$     

36,023

$   

350,096

$   

444,320

Land

Buildings

Equipment

Generation

Equipment

Equipment

Power 

Rental 

Property, 

Plant and 

$   

155,332

$   

297,266

$   

245,025

$     

39,682

$   

737,305

$   

932,979

18,099

(348)

19,849

(2,048)

(12)

33,720

(5,871)

(35)

262

71,930

(8,267)

(47)

117,759

(80,897)

$   

173,083

$   

315,055

$   

272,839

$     

39,944

$   

800,921

$   

969,841

$              

-

$   

114,226

$   

165,404

$     

34,393

$   

314,023

$   

393,567

13,054

(1,955)

(4)

28,917

(5,541)

(28)

1,630

43,601

(7,496)

(32)

100,647

(49,894)

Land

Buildings

Equipment

Generation

Equipment

Equipment

Power 

Rental 

Property, 

Plant and 

$   

147,701

$   

292,553

$   

239,134

$     

39,140

$   

718,528

$   

940,708

11,084

(3,450)

(3)

8,570

(3,803)

(54)

23,493

(17,480)

(122)

542

43,689

(24,733)

(179)

88,942

(96,671)

$   

155,332

$   

297,266

$   

245,025

$     

39,682

$   

737,305

$   

932,979

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

$              

-

$   

102,140

$   

155,098

$     

32,763

$   

290,001

$   

348,305

13,326

(1,231)

(9)

27,707

(17,314)

(87)

1,630

42,663

(18,545)

(96)

107,122

(61,860)

Net book value - December 31, 2020

$   

155,332

$   

183,040

$     

79,621

$       

5,289

$   

423,282

$   

539,412

$              

-

$   

114,226

$   

165,404

$     

34,393

$   

314,023

$   

393,567

During  2021,  depreciation  expense  of  $126.4  million  was  charged  to  cost  of  goods  sold 

(2020 - $128.6 million)  and  $17.8  million  was  charged  to  selling  and  administrative  expenses 

Operating income from rental operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $57.9 million 

Cost

January 1, 2021

Additions

Disposals

Currency translation effects

December 31, 2021

Accumulated depreciation

January 1, 2021

Depreciation expense

Depreciation of disposals

Currency translation effects

December 31, 2021

Cost

January 1, 2020

Additions

Disposals

Currency translation effects

December 31, 2020

Accumulated depreciation

January 1, 2020

Depreciation expense

Depreciation of disposals

Currency translation effects

December 31, 2020

(2020 - $21.2 million).  

(2020 - $38.4 million). 

5.   PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT AND RENTAL EQUIPMENT   

6.  OTHER ASSETS AND LEASE LIABILITIES 

Right-of-use assets
Equipment sold with guaranteed residual values
Other 
Other assets

Right-of-use Assets and Lease Liabilities 

$            

$            

2021
18,752
1,857
3,126
23,735

2020
24,967
5,304
2,992
33,263

$            

$            

Activity within right-of-use assets and lease liabilities during the year was as follows: 

Properties

Right-of-use Assets
Vehicles

Total

Lease
Liabilities

$            

$              

$            

$            

January 1, 2021
Additions and remeasurements
Depreciation expense
Disposals and expirations
Currency translation effects
Payments
December 31, 2021

January 1, 2020
Additions and remeasurements
Depreciation expense
Disposals and expirations
Payments
December 31, 2020

$            

$              

$            

$            

Properties

Right-of-use Assets
Vehicles

Total

Lease
Liabilities

$            

$            

$            

$            

9,689
(276)
(4,189)
(37)
-
-
5,187

15,320
230
(5,711)
(150)
-
9,689

24,967
4,102
(9,992)
(322)
(3)
-
18,752

30,975
6,247
(10,668)
(1,587)
-
24,967

25,716
4,102
-
(322)
(3)
(9,880)
19,613

31,423
6,247
-
(1,615)
(10,339)
25,716

15,278
4,378
(5,803)
(285)
(3)
-
13,565

15,655
6,017
(4,957)
(1,437)
-
15,278

$            

$              

$            

$            

The current portion of lease liabilities as at December 31, 2021 of $7.8 million (2020 - $9.2 million) 
is included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial 
position. 

The following amounts were recognized in the consolidated income statements during the year: 

Depreciation expense of right-of-use assets
Interest expense on lease liabilities
Expense relating to short-term leases and leases of low-value assets

$              

$            

2021
9,992
662
194
10,848

2020
10,668
905
176
11,749

$            

$            

26 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the year ended December 31, 2021 

27 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

73

Cash outflows for leases in 2021 were $9.9 million (2020 - $10.3 million). 

The future cash outflows relating to leases are disclosed in note 22.  

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
               
               
               
                
                  
                
                
               
               
               
                       
                  
                   
                  
                  
                     
                       
                     
                     
                       
                       
                       
               
                
                   
                
                
               
               
             
                       
               
                  
               
               
                       
                       
                       
             
                   
                   
                   
                   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
       
       
            
       
     
           
        
        
                
        
      
                
            
            
                
            
                
                
       
       
         
       
     
                
        
        
                
        
      
                
              
            
                
            
                
       
         
       
            
       
       
        
        
      
                
      
      
              
            
           
                
           
                
                
       
       
         
       
     
                
        
      
                
      
      
                
              
            
                
            
                
7.  GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS  

Patents 
and 
Licenses

Customer 
Order 
Backlog

ERP 
System

Customer 
Relationships

Distribution 

Networks Goodwill

Total

$        
$        
$        

500
500
500

$        
$        
$        

8,691
8,691
8,691

$   
$   
$   

5,000
5,000
5,000

$        
$        
$        

15,137
15,137
15,137

$    
$    
$    

371,551
371,551
371,551

$   
$   
$   

93,780
93,780
93,780

$  
$  
$  

494,659
494,659
494,659

$        

$        

$        

$        

206
30
236
30
266

$        

$        

5,198
722
5,920
555
6,475

$   

$   

$   

2,333
2,000
4,333
667
5,000

$          

$          

$          

4,091
1,892
5,983
1,892
7,875

-
$           
-
$           
-
-
$           
-

-
$         
-
$         
-
-
$         
-

$    

$    

$    

11,828
4,644
16,472
3,144
19,616

$        
$        

264
234

$        
$        

2,771
2,216

$      
667
$       
-

$          
$          

9,154
7,262

$    
$    

371,551
371,551

$   
$   

93,780
93,780

$  
$  

478,187
475,043

Cost
January 1, 2020
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2021

Accumulated amortization
January 1, 2020
Amortization expense
December 31, 2020
Amortization expense
December 31, 2021

Net book value -
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2021

Goodwill  

The carrying amount of goodwill has been allocated as follows: 

2021

2020

Equipment Group
  Toromont Cat 
   Battlefield Equipment Rentals
CIMCO

$            

$            

89,270
4,060
450
93,780

89,270
4,060
450
93,780

$            

$            

The Company performed the annual impairment test as at December 31, 2021. The recoverable 
amounts have been determined based on the fair value less costs to sell (“FVLCS”) based on a 
range of relevant historical company and current market multiples of earnings, applied to current 
earnings,  adjusted  for  current  economic  conditions.  As  a  result  of  the  analysis,  management 
determined there was no impairment of goodwill. 

Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives – Distribution Networks 

The carrying amount of distribution networks has been allocated to the following CGUs and/or 
group of CGUs: 

2021

2020

Equipment Group
  Toromont Cat -  Quebec/Maritimes 
  Toromont Cat - all other locations
  Battlefield Equipment Rentals - Quebec/Maritimes

$          

$          

352,434
13,669
5,448
371,551

352,434
13,669
5,448
371,551

$          

$          

28 

74

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
           
            
     
            
             
           
        
           
             
           
        
               
               
                  
                  
              
              
               
               
7.  GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS  

Patents 

Customer 

and 

Order 

ERP 

Customer 

Distribution 

Licenses

Backlog

System

Relationships

Networks Goodwill

Total

$        

500

$        

8,691

$        

500

$        

8,691

$   

5,000

$   

5,000

$        

15,137

$    

371,551

$   

93,780

$  

494,659

$        

15,137

$    

371,551

$   

93,780

$  

494,659

$        

500

$        

8,691

$   

5,000

$        

15,137

$    

371,551

$   

93,780

$  

494,659

$        

206

$        

5,198

$   

2,333

$          

4,091

$           

-

$         

-

$    

11,828

$        

236

$        

5,920

$   

4,333

$          

5,983

$           

-

$         

-

$    

16,472

30

30

722

2,000

555

667

1,892

1,892

-

-

-

-

4,644

3,144

$        

266

$        

6,475

$   

5,000

$          

7,875

$           

-

$         

-

$    

19,616

$        

264

$        

2,771

$      

667

$          

9,154

$    

371,551

$   

93,780

$  

478,187

$        

234

$        

2,216

$       

-

$          

7,262

$    

371,551

$   

93,780

$  

475,043

Accumulated amortization

Cost

January 1, 2020

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2021

January 1, 2020

Amortization expense

December 31, 2020

Amortization expense

December 31, 2021

Net book value -

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2021

Goodwill  

Equipment Group

  Toromont Cat 

   Battlefield Equipment Rentals

CIMCO

The carrying amount of goodwill has been allocated as follows: 

2021

2020

$            

89,270

$            

89,270

4,060

450

4,060

450

$            

93,780

$            

93,780

The Company performed the annual impairment test as at December 31, 2021. The recoverable 

amounts have been determined based on the fair value less costs to sell (“FVLCS”) based on a 

range of relevant historical company and current market multiples of earnings, applied to current 

earnings,  adjusted  for  current  economic  conditions.  As  a  result  of  the  analysis,  management 

determined there was no impairment of goodwill. 

Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives – Distribution Networks 

The carrying amount of distribution networks has been allocated to the following CGUs and/or 

group of CGUs: 

Equipment Group

  Toromont Cat -  Quebec/Maritimes 

  Toromont Cat - all other locations

  Battlefield Equipment Rentals - Quebec/Maritimes

2021

2020

$          

352,434

$          

352,434

13,669

5,448

13,669

5,448

$          

371,551

$          

371,551

the  annual 

intangible  assets  as  at 
The  Company  performed 
December 31, 2021. The recoverable amounts have been determined based on FVLCS based 
on a range of relevant historical company and current market multiples of earnings, applied to 
current earnings, adjusted for current economic conditions. Based on the analysis, management 
determined there was no impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets. 

impairment 

test  of 

These valuations are determined using Level 2 inputs, which are observable inputs or inputs that 
can be corroborated by observable market data. The calculation of FVLCS for impairment testing 
is most sensitive to the earnings multiplier. Management believes that any reasonable change in 
the  key  assumptions  used  to  determine  the  recoverable  amount  would  not  cause  the  carrying 
amount of any CGU or group of CGUs to exceed its recoverable amount. 

8.  PROVISIONS  

Activities related to provisions were as follows: 

Balance, January 1, 2020
New provisions
Charges against provisions
Balance, December 31, 2020
New provisions
Charges against provisions
Balance, December 31, 2021

Warranty 

$            

$            

$            

Warranty
13,117
28,640
(27,877)
13,880
30,593
(30,509)
13,964

Other
10,563
4,542
(2,340)
12,765
1,362
(2,687)
11,440

Total
23,680
33,182
(30,217)
26,645
31,955
(33,196)
25,404

$            

$            

$            

$            

$            

$            

At  the  time  of  sale,  a  provision  is  recognized  for  expected  warranty  claims  on  products  and 
services, based on past experience and known issues. It is expected that most of these costs will 
be incurred in the next financial year.  

Other 

Other provisions relate largely to open legal, insurance and potential environmental claims, and 
potential onerous contracts. No one claim is significant.  

9.  DEFERRED REVENUES AND CONTRACT LIABILITIES  

Deferred revenues  and contract  liabilities  represent  billings to customers  in  excess  of revenue 
recognized  and  arise  on  the  sale  of  equipment  with  residual  guarantees,  extended  warranty 
contracts, long-term maintenance agreements, and the sale of power and energy systems and 
refrigeration packages recorded using the percentage-of-completion method. 

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recognized as revenue $140.6 million 
(2020  -  $135.1  million)  of 
the  deferred  revenues  and  contract  liabilities  balance  at 
January 1, 2021. 

28 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the year ended December 31, 2021 

29 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

75

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
              
                
              
             
              
             
              
                
              
             
              
             
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
           
            
     
            
             
           
        
           
             
           
        
               
               
                  
                  
              
              
               
               
Management  expects  that  88%  of  the  transaction  price  allocated  to  unsatisfied  performance 
obligations  as  at  December  31,  2021  will  be  recognized  as  revenue  during  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2022 and the remaining 12% between the years ended December 31, 2023 and 
2028.  

10. LONG-TERM DEBT  

The Company’s debt portfolio is unsecured, unsubordinated and ranks pari passu. 

Senior Debentures:
  3.71%, $150.0 million, due September 30, 2025 (1)
  3.84%, $500.0 million, due October 27, 2027 (1)

Debt issuance costs, net of amortization
Total long-term debt

(1) Interest payable semi-annually, principal due on maturity.

2021 

2020 

$          

150,000

$          

150,000

500,000
650,000
(3,663)
646,337

$          

500,000
650,000
(3,701)
646,299

$          

The Company maintains a $500.0 million committed revolving credit facility. In November 2021, 
the Company extended this committed revolving credit facility to mature in November 2026, with 
no material changes to the terms and conditions. Debt under this facility is unsecured and ranks 
pari passu with debt outstanding under Toromont’s existing debentures. Interest is based on a 
floating rate, primarily bankers’ acceptances and prime, plus applicable margins and fees based 
on the terms of the credit facility. 

No amounts were drawn on this revolving credit facility as at December 31, 2021 or 2020. Standby 
facility  as  at  December 31, 2021 
letters  of  credit 
(2020 - $30.8 million). 

issued  utilized  $28.8  million  of 

the 

The  Company  entered  into  an  additional  $250.0  million  committed  revolving  credit  facility  on 
April 17, 2020 that matured in April 2021. This facility was never drawn and was not renewed at 
maturity. 

These credit arrangements include covenants, restrictions and events of default usually present 
in credit facilities of this nature, including requirements to meet certain financial tests periodically 
and restrictions on additional indebtedness and encumbrances.  

The Company was in compliance with all covenants as at December 31, 2021 and 2020.  

Scheduled principal repayments and interest payments on long-term debt are as follows: 

2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter

Principal
$                 
-
-
-

150,000

-

500,000
650,000

$          

30 

76

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Interest
24,765
24,765
24,765
23,374
19,200
16,000
132,869

$            

$          

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
            
            
            
            
               
               
                   
              
                   
              
            
              
                   
              
            
              
Management  expects  that  88%  of  the  transaction  price  allocated  to  unsatisfied  performance 

obligations  as  at  December  31,  2021  will  be  recognized  as  revenue  during  the  year  ended 

December 31, 2022 and the remaining 12% between the years ended December 31, 2023 and 

Interest expense includes interest on debt initially incurred for a term of one year or greater of 
$27.5 million (2020 - $29.1 million).  

2028.  

10. LONG-TERM DEBT  

The Company’s debt portfolio is unsecured, unsubordinated and ranks pari passu. 

Senior Debentures:

  3.71%, $150.0 million, due September 30, 2025 (1)

  3.84%, $500.0 million, due October 27, 2027 (1)

Debt issuance costs, net of amortization

Total long-term debt

(1) Interest payable semi-annually, principal due on maturity.

2021 

2020 

$          

150,000

$          

150,000

500,000

650,000

(3,663)

500,000

650,000

(3,701)

$          

646,337

$          

646,299

The Company maintains a $500.0 million committed revolving credit facility. In November 2021, 

the Company extended this committed revolving credit facility to mature in November 2026, with 

no material changes to the terms and conditions. Debt under this facility is unsecured and ranks 

pari passu with debt outstanding under Toromont’s existing debentures. Interest is based on a 

floating rate, primarily bankers’ acceptances and prime, plus applicable margins and fees based 

on the terms of the credit facility. 

No amounts were drawn on this revolving credit facility as at December 31, 2021 or 2020. Standby 

letters  of  credit 

issued  utilized  $28.8  million  of 

the 

facility  as  at  December 31, 2021 

(2020 - $30.8 million). 

The  Company  entered  into  an  additional  $250.0  million  committed  revolving  credit  facility  on 

April 17, 2020 that matured in April 2021. This facility was never drawn and was not renewed at 

maturity. 

These credit arrangements include covenants, restrictions and events of default usually present 

in credit facilities of this nature, including requirements to meet certain financial tests periodically 

and restrictions on additional indebtedness and encumbrances.  

The Company was in compliance with all covenants as at December 31, 2021 and 2020.  

Scheduled principal repayments and interest payments on long-term debt are as follows: 

Principal

Interest

$                 

-

$            

24,765

-

-

-

150,000

500,000

24,765

24,765

23,374

19,200

16,000

$          

650,000

$          

132,869

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

30 

Thereafter

11. SHARE CAPITAL  

Authorized 

The Company is authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares (no par value) and 
preferred  shares.  No  preferred  shares  were  issued  or  outstanding  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2021 and 2020.  

A continuity of the shares issued and outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 
2020 is presented in the consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity. 

Shareholder Rights Plan (“SRP”) 

The SRP is a “new generation” shareholder rights plan, designed to encourage the fair treatment 
of shareholders in connection with any takeover offer for the Company. Rights issued under the 
plan  become  exercisable  when  a  person,  and  any  related  parties,  acquires  or  commences  a 
takeover  bid  to  acquire  20%  or  more  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  common  shares  without 
complying with certain provisions set out in the plan or without approval of the Company’s Board 
of Directors. Should such an acquisition occur, each rights holder, other than the acquiring person 
and  related  parties,  will  have  the right  to  purchase  common  shares  of the  Company  at  a  50% 
discount  to  the  market  price  at  that  time.  The  SRP  was  renewed  at  the  annual  meeting  of 
shareholders this year and expires at the end of the annual meeting of shareholders in 2024. 

Normal Course Issuer Bid (“NCIB”)  

The Company’s NCIB program commenced on September 15, 2021. The current issuer bid allows 
the Company to purchase up to approximately 8.2 million of its common shares in the 12-month 
period ending September 14, 2022, representing 10% of common shares in the public float, as 
estimated at the time of renewal. All shares purchased under the bid will be cancelled.  

In connection with the NCIB, the Company has entered into an Automatic Share Purchase Plan 
(“ASPP’) with a broker that allows, in its sole discretion and based on parameters established by 
the Company, the purchase of common shares for cancellation under the NCIB at any time during 
predetermined trading blackout periods. At December 31, 2021, no liability was recorded in the 
Company’s consolidated statements of financial position in connection with the ASPP.  

Under this bid, the Company purchased and cancelled 470,600 common shares for $50.0 million 
(average cost of $106.25 per share, including transaction costs) through to December 31, 2021. 
During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  the  Company  purchased  and  cancelled 
67,800 common shares for $4.0 million (average cost of $59.62 per share, including transaction 
costs) under the NCIB program in place at that time. 

Dividends Paid 

The  Company  paid  dividends  of  $109.1  million  ($1.32  per  share)  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2021, and $98.5 million ($1.20 per share) for the year ended December 31, 2020. 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the year ended December 31, 2021 

31 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

77

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
            
            
            
            
               
               
                   
              
                   
              
            
              
                   
              
            
              
Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2021, the Board of Directors approved a quarterly 
dividend of $0.39 per share payable on April 4, 2022, to shareholders on record at the close of 
business on March 9, 2022.  

12. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS  

Financial Assets and Liabilities – Classification and Measurement 

The following table highlights the carrying amounts and classifications of certain financial assets 
and liabilities: 

Other financial liabilities:

Long-term debt

2021

2020

$          

646,337

$          

646,299

Derivative financial instruments assets (liabilities), net:

Foreign exchange forward contracts

$              

5,252

$           

(11,043)

The fair value of derivative financial instruments is measured using the discounted value of the 
difference between the contract’s value at maturity based on the contracted foreign exchange rate 
and the contract’s value at maturity based on the comparable foreign exchange rate at period-end 
under the same conditions. The financial institution’s credit risk is also taken into consideration in 
determining fair value. The valuation is determined using Level 2 inputs, which are observable 
inputs or inputs that can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term 
of the asset or liability, most significantly foreign exchange spot and forward rates. 

The fair value and carrying value of long-term debt are as follows: 

Long-term debt
Fair value
Carrying value

2021
695,285
650,000

$          
$          

2020
726,871
650,000

$          
$          

The  fair  value  was  determined  using  the  discounted  cash  flow  method,  a  generally  accepted 
valuation technique. The discounted factor is based on market rates for debt with similar terms 
and  remaining  maturities  and  based  on  Toromont’s  credit  risk.  The  Company  has  no  plans  to 
prepay these instruments prior to maturity. 

During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no transfers between Level 1 
and Level 2 fair value measurements. 

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedge Accounting 

Foreign exchange contracts and options are transacted with financial institutions to hedge foreign  
currency-denominated obligations related to purchases of inventory and sales of products. As at 
December  31,  2021,  the  Company  was  committed  to:  (i)  US  dollar  purchase  contracts  with  a 
notional  amount  of  $718.4  million  at  an  average  exchange  rate  of  $1.2614,  maturing  between 
January  2022  and  July  2023;  and  (ii)  US  dollar  sale  contracts  with  a  notional  amount  of 

32 

78

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2021, the Board of Directors approved a quarterly 

dividend of $0.39 per share payable on April 4, 2022, to shareholders on record at the close of 

business on March 9, 2022.  

12. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS  

Financial Assets and Liabilities – Classification and Measurement 

The following table highlights the carrying amounts and classifications of certain financial assets 

and liabilities: 

Other financial liabilities:

Long-term debt

2021

2020

$          

646,337

$          

646,299

Derivative financial instruments assets (liabilities), net:

Foreign exchange forward contracts

$              

5,252

$           

(11,043)

The fair value of derivative financial instruments is measured using the discounted value of the 

difference between the contract’s value at maturity based on the contracted foreign exchange rate 

and the contract’s value at maturity based on the comparable foreign exchange rate at period-end 

under the same conditions. The financial institution’s credit risk is also taken into consideration in 

determining fair value. The valuation is determined using Level 2 inputs, which are observable 

inputs or inputs that can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term 

of the asset or liability, most significantly foreign exchange spot and forward rates. 

The fair value and carrying value of long-term debt are as follows: 

Long-term debt

Fair value

Carrying value

2021

2020

$          

695,285

$          

726,871

$          

650,000

$          

650,000

The  fair  value  was  determined  using  the  discounted  cash  flow  method,  a  generally  accepted 

valuation technique. The discounted factor is based on market rates for debt with similar terms 

and  remaining  maturities  and  based  on  Toromont’s  credit  risk.  The  Company  has  no  plans  to 

prepay these instruments prior to maturity. 

During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no transfers between Level 1 

and Level 2 fair value measurements. 

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedge Accounting 

Foreign exchange contracts and options are transacted with financial institutions to hedge foreign  

currency-denominated obligations related to purchases of inventory and sales of products. As at 

December  31,  2021,  the  Company  was  committed  to:  (i)  US  dollar  purchase  contracts  with  a 

notional  amount  of  $718.4  million  at  an  average  exchange  rate  of  $1.2614,  maturing  between 

January  2022  and  July  2023;  and  (ii)  US  dollar  sale  contracts  with  a  notional  amount  of 

$2.9 million  at  an  average  exchange  rate  of  $1.2183,  maturing  between  January  2022  and 
June 2022.  

Management  estimates  that  a  net  gain  of  $5.3  million  (2020  -  loss  of  $11.0  million)  would  be 
realized  if  the  contracts  were  terminated  on  December  31,  2021.  Certain  of  these  forward 
contracts are designated as cash flow hedges and, accordingly, an unrealized gain of $3.9 million 
(2020 - unrealized loss of $4.4 million) has been included in OCI. These gains will be reclassified 
to net earnings within the next 12 months and will offset losses recorded on the underlying hedged 
items,  namely  foreign-denominated  accounts  payable  and  accrued  liabilities.  Certain  of  these 
forward  contracts  are  not  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  but  are  entered  into  for  periods 
consistent with foreign currency exposure of the underlying transactions. A gain of $1.4 million 
(2020 - loss of $6.6 million) on these forward contracts is included in net earnings, which offsets 
gains  recorded  on  the  foreign-denominated  items,  namely  accounts  payable  and  accrued 
liabilities.  

All hedging relationships are formally documented, including the risk management objective and 
strategy. On an ongoing basis, an assessment is made as to whether the designated derivative 
financial  instruments  continue  to  be  effective  in  offsetting  changes  in  cash  flows  of  the  hedged 
transactions. 

13. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS - RISK MANAGEMENT  

In the normal course of business, Toromont is exposed to financial risks that may potentially impact 
its  operating  results  in  one  or  all  of  its  reportable  segments.  The  Company  employs  risk 
management strategies with a view to mitigating these risks on a cost-effective basis. Derivative 
financial agreements are used to manage exposure to fluctuations in exchange rates. The Company 
does not enter into derivative financial agreements for speculative purposes.  

Currency Risk 

The  Canadian  operations  of  the  Company  source  the  majority  of  its  products  and  major 
components  from  the  United  States.  Consequently,  reported  costs  of  inventory  and  the 
transaction  prices  charged  to  customers  for  equipment  and  parts  are  affected  by  the  relative 
strength  of  the  Canadian  dollar.  The  Company  mitigates  exchange  rate  risk  by  entering  into 
foreign  currency  contracts  to  fix  the  cost  of  imported  inventory  where  appropriate.  In  addition, 
pricing to customers is customarily adjusted to reflect changes in the Canadian dollar landed cost 
of imported goods. 

The Company also sells its products to certain customers in US currency. The Company mitigates 
exchange  rate  risk  by  entering  into  foreign  currency  contracts  to  fix  the  cash  inflows  where 
appropriate. 

The Company maintains a hedging policy whereby all significant transactional currency risks are 
identified and hedged.  

Sensitivity Analysis  

The  following  sensitivity  analysis  is  intended  to  illustrate  the  sensitivity  to  changes  in  foreign 
exchange rates on the Company’s financial instruments and show the impact on net earnings and 
comprehensive income. It is provided as a reasonably possible change in currency in a volatile 

32 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the year ended December 31, 2021 

33 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

79

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
environment. Financial instruments affected by currency risk include cash, accounts receivable, 
accounts payable and accrued liabilities and derivative financial instruments.  

As at December 31, 2021, a 5% weakening (strengthening) of the Canadian dollar against the 
US dollar would result in a $0.6 million (decrease) increase in OCI for financial instruments held 
in foreign  operations,  and  a  $0.5  million  (decrease)  increase  in  net  earnings  and  $29.0 million 
(decrease) increase in OCI for financial instruments held in Canadian operations.  

Credit Risk 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist of cash, accounts 
receivable and derivative financial instruments. The carrying amount of assets included on the 
consolidated statements of financial position represents the maximum credit exposure. 

The Company has deposited cash with reputable financial institutions, from which management 
believes the risk of loss to be remote. 

The Company has accounts receivable from customers engaged in various industries including 
mining, construction, food and beverage, and governmental agencies. These specific customers 
may  be  affected  by  economic  factors  that  may  impact  accounts  receivable.  Credit  risk 
concentration  with  respect  to  trade  receivables  is  mitigated  by  the  Company’s  large  customer 
base. 

The credit risk associated with derivative financial instruments arises from the possibility that the 
counterparties may default on their obligations. In order to minimize this risk, the Company enters 
into derivative transactions only with highly rated financial institutions. 

Interest Rate Risk 

The Company minimizes its interest rate risk by managing its portfolio of floating- and fixed-rate 
debt, as well as managing the term to maturity. The Company may use derivative instruments 
such as interest rate swap agreements to manage its current and anticipated exposure to interest 
rates.  There  were  no  interest  rate  swap  agreements  outstanding  as  at  December  31,  2021  or 
2020. 

The Company had no floating-rate debt outstanding as at December 31, 2021 or 2020. 

Liquidity Risk 

Liquidity  risk  is  the  risk  that  the  Company  may  encounter  difficulties  in  meeting  obligations 
associated with financial liabilities. As at December 31, 2021, the Company had unutilized lines 
of credit of $471.2 million (2020 - $719.2 million).  

Accounts  payable  are  primarily  due  within  90  days  and  will  be  satisfied  from  current  working 
capital. 

The Company expects that continued cash flows from operations in 2022, together with currently 
available cash on hand and credit facilities, will be more than sufficient to fund its requirements 
for  investments  in  working  capital,  capital  assets  and  dividend  payments  through  the  next  12 
months, and that the Company’s credit ratings provide reasonable access to capital markets to 
facilitate future debt issuance. 

34 

80

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$           

$           

$             

$             

$             

$             

The components of interest and investment income were as follows: 

2021
2,253
25,246
662
28,161

2021
2,635
6,392
9,027

2020
3,833
25,243
905
29,981

2020
3,529
5,554
9,083

The Company has deposited cash with reputable financial institutions, from which management 

believes the risk of loss to be remote. 

Interest on conversion of rental equipment
Other

14. INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE 

The components of interest expense were as follows: 

Credit facilities
Senior debentures
Interest on lease liabilities

environment. Financial instruments affected by currency risk include cash, accounts receivable, 

accounts payable and accrued liabilities and derivative financial instruments.  

As at December 31, 2021, a 5% weakening (strengthening) of the Canadian dollar against the 

US dollar would result in a $0.6 million (decrease) increase in OCI for financial instruments held 

in foreign  operations,  and  a  $0.5  million  (decrease)  increase  in  net  earnings  and  $29.0 million 

(decrease) increase in OCI for financial instruments held in Canadian operations.  

Credit Risk 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist of cash, accounts 

receivable and derivative financial instruments. The carrying amount of assets included on the 

consolidated statements of financial position represents the maximum credit exposure. 

The Company has accounts receivable from customers engaged in various industries including 

mining, construction, food and beverage, and governmental agencies. These specific customers 

may  be  affected  by  economic  factors  that  may  impact  accounts  receivable.  Credit  risk 

concentration  with  respect  to  trade  receivables  is  mitigated  by  the  Company’s  large  customer 

base. 

The credit risk associated with derivative financial instruments arises from the possibility that the 

counterparties may default on their obligations. In order to minimize this risk, the Company enters 

into derivative transactions only with highly rated financial institutions. 

The Company minimizes its interest rate risk by managing its portfolio of floating- and fixed-rate 

debt, as well as managing the term to maturity. The Company may use derivative instruments 

such as interest rate swap agreements to manage its current and anticipated exposure to interest 

rates.  There  were  no  interest  rate  swap  agreements  outstanding  as  at  December  31,  2021  or 

The Company had no floating-rate debt outstanding as at December 31, 2021 or 2020. 

Interest Rate Risk 

2020. 

Liquidity Risk 

Liquidity  risk  is  the  risk  that  the  Company  may  encounter  difficulties  in  meeting  obligations 

associated with financial liabilities. As at December 31, 2021, the Company had unutilized lines 

of credit of $471.2 million (2020 - $719.2 million).  

Accounts  payable  are  primarily  due  within  90  days  and  will  be  satisfied  from  current  working 

capital. 

The Company expects that continued cash flows from operations in 2022, together with currently 

available cash on hand and credit facilities, will be more than sufficient to fund its requirements 

for  investments  in  working  capital,  capital  assets  and  dividend  payments  through  the  next  12 

months, and that the Company’s credit ratings provide reasonable access to capital markets to 

facilitate future debt issuance. 

15. INCOME TAXES  

Significant components of the provision for income tax expense were as follows: 

Current income tax expense
Deferred income tax expense (recovery)
Total income tax expense

2021
120,506
3,587
124,093

$          

$            

$          

$            

2020
99,700
(3,079)
96,621

A reconciliation of income taxes at Canadian statutory rates with the reported income taxes was 
as follows: 

Statutory Canadian federal and provincial income tax rates
Expected taxes on income
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:
Higher effective tax rates in other jurisdictions
Manufacturing and processing rate reduction
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Non-taxable gains
Effect of change in future income tax rate
Other

Provision for income taxes

Effective income tax rate

2021
26.5%
121,053

$          

2020
26.5%
93,157

$            

1,139
(54)
2,165
(881)
61
610
124,093

$          

848
(65)
1,961
(1,242)
21
1,941
96,621

$            

27.2%

27.5%

The statutory income tax rate represents the combined Canadian federal and Ontario provincial 
income tax rates, which are the relevant tax jurisdictions for the Company.  

34 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the year ended December 31, 2021 

35 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

81

$             

$             

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
             
             
                  
                  
               
               
               
              
               
                  
                   
                   
               
               
                 
              
                    
                    
                  
               
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The sources of deferred income taxes were as follows: 

Accrued liabilities
Deferred revenues and contract liabilities
Accounts receivable
Inventories

Deferred tax assets on current assets and current liabilities

Capital assets
Goodwill and intangible assets
Tax loss carryforward
Other
Cash flow hedges in OCI
Post-employment obligations

Deferred tax (liabilities) on non-current assets and non-current liabilities
Net deferred tax liabilities

The movement in net deferred income taxes was as follows: 

Balance January 1
Tax (expense) recovery recognized in income
Foreign exchange and others
Tax (expense) recovery recognized in OCI
Balance December 31

$            

$            

$            

$            

$           

$           

2021
28,971
9,627
5,139
6,741
50,478

(82,983)
(24,503)
-
1,132
(1,011)
8,436
(98,929)
(48,451)

$           
$           

$           
$           

2020
28,308
4,151
5,070
6,557
44,086

(78,110)
(18,617)
411
2,466
1,160
23,882
(68,808)
(24,722)

$           

$           

2021
(24,722)
(3,587)
26
(20,168)
(48,451)

2020
(31,933)
3,079
(160)
4,292
(24,722)

$           

$           

The aggregate amount of unremitted earnings in the Company’s subsidiaries was $35.9 million 
(2020 - $30.4 million). These earnings can be remitted with no tax consequences.  

16. EARNINGS PER SHARE  

Net earnings available to common shareholders

Weighted average common shares outstanding
Dilutive effect of stock option conversions
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

Earnings per share:
  Basic
  Diluted

2021
332,710

$          

2020
254,915

$          

82,547,961
721,490
83,269,451

82,152,788
467,673
82,620,461

$                
$                

4.03
4.00

$                
$                

3.10
3.09

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  367,957  outstanding  stock  options  with  a  weighted 
average  exercise  price  of  $104.91  were  considered  anti-dilutive  (exercise  price  in  excess  of 
average market price during the year) and, as such, were excluded from the calculation of diluted 
earnings per share. For the comparative period in 2020, there were no anti-dilutive options for the 
calculation of diluted earnings per share.  

36 

82

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
               
               
               
               
               
            
            
                   
                  
               
               
              
               
               
              
              
               
                    
                 
            
               
       
       
            
            
       
       
The sources of deferred income taxes were as follows: 

17. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS EXPENSE 

Wages and salaries 
Other employment benefit expenses  
Stock-based compensation expense
Pension costs 

$          

$          

2021
608,989
86,488
6,471
40,216
742,164

2020
563,043
81,000
5,731
37,419
687,193

$          

$          

18. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION  

The  Company  maintains  a  stock  option  program  for  certain  employees.  Under  the  plan,  up  to 
7,000,000 options may be granted for subsequent exercise in exchange for common shares. It is 
the  Company’s  policy  that  the  aggregate  number  of  options  that  may  be  granted  in  any  one 
calendar year shall not exceed 1% of the outstanding shares as of the beginning of the year in 
which a grant is made (2021 - 824,746; 2020 - 820,124).  

Stock options have a 10-year life, vest 20% per year on each anniversary date of the grant, and 
are exercisable at the designated common share price, which is fixed at prevailing market prices 
of the common shares at the date the option is granted. Toromont accrues compensation cost 
over the vesting period based on the grant date fair value.  

A reconciliation of the outstanding options for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, was 
as follows: 

2021 
Weighted
average
exercise
price
58.67
104.91

Number of
options
2,329,705
532,443

2020 
Weighted
average
exercise
price
51.68
72.95

Number of
options
2,328,038
367,957

Options outstanding, January 1
Granted
Exercised (1)
Forfeited
Options outstanding, December 31
Options exercisable, December 31
(1) The weighted average share price at date of exercise for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $105.62 (2020 - $76.58). 

(530,010)
(4,100)
2,328,038
855,675

(439,910)
(89,060)
2,167,025
837,687

49.45
57.59
68.44
52.76

$          
$          

$          

$          

42.21
65.95
58.67
46.61

$          
$          

Deferred tax assets on current assets and current liabilities

$            

50,478

$            

44,086

Deferred revenues and contract liabilities

Accrued liabilities

Accounts receivable

Inventories

Capital assets

Goodwill and intangible assets

Tax loss carryforward

Other

Cash flow hedges in OCI

Post-employment obligations

$            

28,971

$            

28,308

2021

9,627

5,139

6,741

(24,503)

-

1,132

(1,011)

8,436

2020

4,151

5,070

6,557

(18,617)

411

2,466

1,160

23,882

$           

(82,983)

$           

(78,110)

Deferred tax (liabilities) on non-current assets and non-current liabilities

$           

(98,929)

$           

(68,808)

Net deferred tax liabilities

$           

(48,451)

$           

(24,722)

The movement in net deferred income taxes was as follows: 

Balance January 1

Tax (expense) recovery recognized in income

Foreign exchange and others

Tax (expense) recovery recognized in OCI

Balance December 31

$           

(24,722)

$           

(31,933)

2021

(3,587)

26

(20,168)

2020

3,079

(160)

4,292

$           

(48,451)

$           

(24,722)

The aggregate amount of unremitted earnings in the Company’s subsidiaries was $35.9 million 

(2020 - $30.4 million). These earnings can be remitted with no tax consequences.  

16. EARNINGS PER SHARE  

Net earnings available to common shareholders

Weighted average common shares outstanding

Dilutive effect of stock option conversions

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

Earnings per share:

  Basic

  Diluted

2021

2020

$          

332,710

$          

254,915

82,547,961

721,490

83,269,451

82,152,788

467,673

82,620,461

$                

4.03

$                

3.10

$                

4.00

$                

3.09

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  367,957  outstanding  stock  options  with  a  weighted 

average  exercise  price  of  $104.91  were  considered  anti-dilutive  (exercise  price  in  excess  of 

average market price during the year) and, as such, were excluded from the calculation of diluted 

earnings per share. For the comparative period in 2020, there were no anti-dilutive options for the 

calculation of diluted earnings per share.  

36 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the year ended December 31, 2021 

37 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

83

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
              
              
               
               
              
              
     
     
        
          
        
            
       
            
       
            
         
            
           
            
     
     
        
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
               
               
               
               
               
            
            
                   
                  
               
               
              
               
               
              
              
               
                    
                 
            
               
       
       
            
            
       
       
following 
The 
December 31, 2021.  

table  summarizes  stock  options  outstanding  and  exercisable  as  at 

Range of exercise prices
$23.40 – $26.52
$36.65 – $39.79
$53.88 – $66.22
$66.23 – $72.95
$104.91

Number
102,240
222,700
965,945
508,183
367,957
2,167,025

Options outstanding
Weighted
average
exercise
price
25.45
38.41
63.65
72.95
104.91
68.44

Weighted
average
remaining
life (years)
2.2
4.1
6.8
8.6
9.4
7.2

$          
$          
$          
$          
$        
$          

Options exercisable
Weighted
average
exercise
price
25.45
$          
38.41
$          
62.77
$          
$          
72.95
$             
-
$          
52.76

Number
102,240
222,700
428,535
84,212
-
837,687

The fair values of the stock options granted during 2021 and 2020 were determined at the time of 
grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  with  the  following  weighted  average 
assumptions:  

Fair value price per option
Share price
Expected life of options (years)
Expected stock price volatility
Expected dividend yield
Risk-free interest rate

Deferred Share Unit Plan 

$          
$        

2021
18.23
104.91
5.30
21.5%
1.33%
0.90%

$          
$          

2020
11.14
72.95
5.76
21.0%
1.70%
0.34%

The  Company  offers  a  deferred  share  unit  (“DSU”)  plan  for  executives  and  non-employee 
directors,  whereby  they  may  elect,  on  an  annual  basis,  to  receive  all  or  a  portion  of  their 
performance incentive bonus or fees, respectively, in DSUs. In addition, the Board of Directors 
may  grant  discretionary  DSUs.  Non-employee  directors  also  receive  a  portion  of  their 
compensation  in  DSUs.  The  liability  for  DSUs  is  recorded  in  accounts  payable  and  accrued 
liabilities. 

The following table summarizes information related to DSU activity: 

2021

2020

Outstanding, January 1

Units taken or taken in lieu and dividends
Redemptions
Fair market value adjustment

Outstanding, December 31

Number of 
DSUs
394,154
26,748
(217,933)

-

202,969

Value
35,555
2,653
(21,751)
6,617
23,074

Number of 
DSUs
388,547
29,084
(23,477)
-

394,154

$         

$         

$         

$         

Value
27,392
2,066
(1,527)
7,624
35,555

38 

84

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        
               
        
        
               
        
        
               
        
        
               
          
        
               
                   
     
               
        
              
              
         
         
           
             
           
             
        
          
          
            
                
             
                
             
         
         
Range of exercise prices

price

Number

Options outstanding

Options exercisable

Weighted

average

remaining

life (years)

Weighted

average

exercise

Weighted

average

exercise

price

2.2

4.1

6.8

8.6

9.4

7.2

$          

25.45

$          

38.41

$          

63.65

$          

72.95

$        

104.91

$          

68.44

102,240

$          

25.45

222,700

$          

38.41

428,535

$          

62.77

84,212

$          

72.95

-

$             

-

837,687

$          

52.76

Number

102,240

222,700

965,945

508,183

367,957

2,167,025

The fair values of the stock options granted during 2021 and 2020 were determined at the time of 

grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  with  the  following  weighted  average 

$23.40 – $26.52

$36.65 – $39.79

$53.88 – $66.22

$66.23 – $72.95

$104.91

assumptions:  

Fair value price per option

Share price

Expected life of options (years)

Expected stock price volatility

Expected dividend yield

Risk-free interest rate

Deferred Share Unit Plan 

2021

2020

$          

18.23

$          

11.14

$        

104.91

$          

72.95

5.30

21.5%

1.33%

0.90%

5.76

21.0%

1.70%

0.34%

The  Company  offers  a  deferred  share  unit  (“DSU”)  plan  for  executives  and  non-employee 

directors,  whereby  they  may  elect,  on  an  annual  basis,  to  receive  all  or  a  portion  of  their 

performance incentive bonus or fees, respectively, in DSUs. In addition, the Board of Directors 

may  grant  discretionary  DSUs.  Non-employee  directors  also  receive  a  portion  of  their 

compensation  in  DSUs.  The  liability  for  DSUs  is  recorded  in  accounts  payable  and  accrued 

liabilities. 

The following table summarizes information related to DSU activity: 

Outstanding, January 1

394,154

$         

35,555

388,547

$         

27,392

Units taken or taken in lieu and dividends

Redemptions

Fair market value adjustment

Outstanding, December 31

Number of 

DSUs

26,748

(217,933)

-

2021

Value

2,653

(21,751)

6,617

Number of 

DSUs

29,084

(23,477)

-

2020

Value

2,066

(1,527)

7,624

202,969

$         

23,074

394,154

$         

35,555

The 

following 

table  summarizes  stock  options  outstanding  and  exercisable  as  at 

Employee Share Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) 

December 31, 2021.  

The Company offers an ESOP whereby employees who meet the eligibility criteria can purchase 
shares by way of payroll deductions. There is a Company match at the rate of $1 for every $3 
contributed,  to  a  maximum  of  2.5%  of  an  employee’s  base  salary  per  annum.  Company 
contributions  prior  to  2019  vested  to  the  employee  immediately,  while  contributions  in  2019 
onwards  will  vest  in  five  years  from  date  of  contribution.  Company  contributions  amounting  to 
$3.3 million  in  2021  (2020  -  $2.9 million)  were  charged  to  selling  and  administrative  expenses 
when paid. The ESOP is administered by a third party.  

19. POST-EMPLOYMENT OBLIGATIONS 

Defined Contribution Plans 

The Company sponsors pension arrangements for more than 4,400 of its employees, primarily 
through defined contribution plans in Canada and a 401(k) matched savings plan in the United 
States.  Certain  unionized  employees  do  not  participate  in  Company-sponsored  plans,  and 
contributions are made to these retirement programs in accordance with the respective collective 
bargaining agreements. In the case of defined contribution plans, regular contributions are made 
to the individual employee accounts, which are administered by a plan trustee in accordance with 
the plan documents.  

Pre-tax pension expenses recognized in net earnings were as follows: 

Defined contribution plans
401(k) matched savings plans

Defined Benefit Plans 

2021
16,193
327
16,520

$        

$        

$        

$        

2020
15,686
306
15,992

The  Company  sponsors 
funded  and  unfunded  defined  benefit  pension  plans  and 
post-employment benefit plans as described below with approximately 1,300 active employees. 
In late 2020, a plan merger of all seven funded defined benefit pension plans was announced 
effective December 31, 2020. The plan merger is not expected to gain full regulatory approval for 
18 to 24 months, in which time the plans will continue to be valued separately.   

In October 2021, an annuity purchase transaction was entered into in which the defined benefit 
obligations associated with retired plan members were assumed by a third-party insurer. 

a)  Defined  Benefit  Pension  Plans  –  The  Company  sponsors  six  plans  that  provide  pension 
benefits based on length of service and career average earnings, five of which are contributory. 
The funded  plans  are  currently  registered  with various  provincial  regulators  and  are  subject to 
provincial pension legislation as well as the Income Tax Act (Canada). Regulatory approval with 
respect to the  plan merger  has  been  received for two  of  the  prior  plans  and their  assets  were 
transferred  in  November  2021.  The  plans  are  administered  by  the  Toromont  Pension 
Management  Committee  with  assets  held  in  a  pension  fund  that  is  legally  separate  from  the 
Company and cannot be used for any purpose other than payment of pension benefits and related 
administrative  fees.  In  addition,  the  Company  has  posted  a  letter  of  credit  in  the  amount  of 

38 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the year ended December 31, 2021 

39 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

85

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
               
                                                        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        
               
        
        
               
        
        
               
        
        
               
          
        
               
                   
     
               
        
              
              
         
         
           
             
           
             
        
          
          
            
                
             
                
             
         
         
$5.8 million to secure obligations under one of the plans. Actuarial valuations were completed for 
each  prior  plan  as  of  December  31,  2020,  with  the  next  valuation  scheduled  as  at 
December 31, 2023.   

b) Executive Pension Plan – The plan is a supplemental pension plan and is solely the obligation 
of the Company. All members of the plan are retired. The Company is not obligated to fund the 
plan  but  is  obligated  to  pay  benefits  under  the  terms  of  the  plan  as  they  come  due.  At 
December 31, 2021, the Company has posted letters of credit in the amount of $14.8 million to 
secure the obligations under this plan. The most recent actuarial valuations were completed at 
varying dates from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021. The next valuation is scheduled 
as at December 31, 2022. 

c) Post-employment Benefit Plans – These plans provide supplementary post-employment health 
and  life  insurance  coverage  to  certain  employees  as  well  as  disability  coverage  for  active 
employees. The post-employment health and life insurance coverage covers a closed group of 
approximately 500 retirees and no active employees will receive post-employment benefits. The 
Company is not obligated to fund the plans but is obligated to pay benefits under the terms of the 
plan as they come due. The most recent actuarial valuation was completed as at January 1, 2020, 
with the next valuation scheduled as at January 1, 2023. 

Risks 

Defined benefit pension plans and other post-employment benefit plans expose the Company to 
risks as described below: 

• 

• 

Investment risk – The present value of the defined benefit plan liability is calculated using 
a discount rate determined by reference to high-quality corporate bond yields; if the return 
on plan assets is below this rate, it will create a plan deficit. Currently, the plans have a 
relatively  balanced  investment  in  equity  securities,  debt  instruments  and  real  estate 
assets.  The  Toromont  Pension  Management  Committee  reviews  the  asset  mix  and 
performance of the plan assets on a quarterly basis with the balanced investment strategy 
intention.  
Interest rate risk – A decrease in the bond yields will increase the plan liability; however, 
this  will  be  partially  offset  by  higher  market  values  of  the  plan’s  holdings  in  debt 
instruments. 

•  Longevity risk – An increase in the life expectancy of the plan participants will increase the 

plan’s liability by lengthening the period in which benefits are paid. 

•  Salary  risk  –  The  present  value  of  the  defined  benefit  plan  liability  is  calculated  by 
reference to the future salaries of plan participants. As such, an increase in the salary of 
the plan participants will increase the plan’s liability.   

40 

86

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
$5.8 million to secure obligations under one of the plans. Actuarial valuations were completed for 

each  prior  plan  as  of  December  31,  2020,  with  the  next  valuation  scheduled  as  at 

Information about the Company’s defined benefit plans as at December 31, in aggregate, is as 
follows:  

Pension Benefit Plans

2021

2020

Other Post-employment 
Benefit Plans
2021

2020

Defined benefit obligations:

Balance, January 1
Settlement due to buy-out annuity transactions
Current service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial remeasurement (gains) losses arising from:

$       

614,183
(215,881)
14,662
14,258

Experience adjustments
Demographic assumptions
Changes in financial assumptions

Benefits paid
Contributions by plan participants

Balance, December 31

Plan assets:

Fair value, January 1
Purchase of buy-out annuities
Interest income on plan assets
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in 
net interest expense)
Contributions by the Company
Contributions by plan participants
Benefits paid

Fair value, December 31
Effect of asset ceiling limit
Fair value, December 31, net of asset ceiling limit

(6,726)
-
(51,514)
(29,802)
3,680
342,860

486,361
(220,913)
11,621

14,379
21,296
3,680
(29,802)
286,622
(5,999)
280,623

$       

551,250

-
15,575
17,023

3,695
(4,965)
49,159
(21,652)
4,098
614,183

443,891

-
13,716

34,842
11,466
4,098
(21,652)
486,361

-

486,361

$        

21,629
-
1,111
483

$        

18,346
-
1,023
586

(365)
-
(1,158)
(1,225)
-
20,475

-
-
-

-
1,221
-
(1,221)
-
-
-

1,746
(184)
1,541
(1,429)
-
21,629

-
-
-

-
1,432
-
(1,432)
-
-
-

Net post-employment obligations

$        

62,237

$       

127,822

$        

20,475

$        

21,629

The funded status of the Company’s defined benefit plans at December 31 was as follows:  

2021

2020

December 31, 2023.   

b) Executive Pension Plan – The plan is a supplemental pension plan and is solely the obligation 

of the Company. All members of the plan are retired. The Company is not obligated to fund the 

plan  but  is  obligated  to  pay  benefits  under  the  terms  of  the  plan  as  they  come  due.  At 

December 31, 2021, the Company has posted letters of credit in the amount of $14.8 million to 

secure the obligations under this plan. The most recent actuarial valuations were completed at 

varying dates from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021. The next valuation is scheduled 

as at December 31, 2022. 

c) Post-employment Benefit Plans – These plans provide supplementary post-employment health 

and  life  insurance  coverage  to  certain  employees  as  well  as  disability  coverage  for  active 

employees. The post-employment health and life insurance coverage covers a closed group of 

approximately 500 retirees and no active employees will receive post-employment benefits. The 

Company is not obligated to fund the plans but is obligated to pay benefits under the terms of the 

plan as they come due. The most recent actuarial valuation was completed as at January 1, 2020, 

with the next valuation scheduled as at January 1, 2023. 

Risks 

risks as described below: 

Defined benefit pension plans and other post-employment benefit plans expose the Company to 

• 

Investment risk – The present value of the defined benefit plan liability is calculated using 

a discount rate determined by reference to high-quality corporate bond yields; if the return 

on plan assets is below this rate, it will create a plan deficit. Currently, the plans have a 

relatively  balanced  investment  in  equity  securities,  debt  instruments  and  real  estate 

assets.  The  Toromont  Pension  Management  Committee  reviews  the  asset  mix  and 

performance of the plan assets on a quarterly basis with the balanced investment strategy 

intention.  

instruments. 

• 

Interest rate risk – A decrease in the bond yields will increase the plan liability; however, 

this  will  be  partially  offset  by  higher  market  values  of  the  plan’s  holdings  in  debt 

•  Longevity risk – An increase in the life expectancy of the plan participants will increase the 

plan’s liability by lengthening the period in which benefits are paid. 

•  Salary  risk  –  The  present  value  of  the  defined  benefit  plan  liability  is  calculated  by 

reference to the future salaries of plan participants. As such, an increase in the salary of 

the plan participants will increase the plan’s liability.   

Obligations Plan Assets
280,623
$    

Obligations Plan Assets
486,361
$   

Defined 
Benefit 

Defined 
Benefit 

$    

$   

$   

Defined Benefit Pension Plans
Executive Pension Plan
Post-employment Benefit Plans

325,529
17,331
20,475
363,335

$    

-
-

$   

280,623

595,471
18,712
21,629
635,812

$   

-
-

$   

486,361

Net Post-
employment 
Obligations
(44,906)
$     
(17,331)
(20,475)
(82,712)

$     

Net Post-
employment 
Obligations
(109,110)
(18,712)
(21,629)
(149,451)

$    

The  significant  weighted  average  actuarial  assumptions  adopted  in  measuring  the  Company’s 
defined benefit obligations are noted below. The mortality  assumption is based upon the 2014 
Private  Sector  Canadian  Pensioners’  Mortality  Table,  developed  by  the  Canadian  Institute  of 
Actuaries,  projected  generationally  using  scale  MI-2017,  and  adjusted  to  reflect  differences  in 
each Plan. 

40 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the year ended December 31, 2021 

41 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

87

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
                
                
                
          
          
            
            
          
          
               
               
           
            
              
            
                
           
                
              
         
          
           
            
         
         
           
           
            
            
                
                
        
        
          
          
        
        
                
                
       
                
                
                
          
          
                
                
          
          
                
                
          
          
            
            
            
            
                
                
         
         
           
           
        
        
                
                
           
                
                
                
        
        
                
                
       
            
       
      
            
        
       
            
       
      
            
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Discount rate
Expected rate of salary increase

2021
3.05%
3.00%

2020
2.56%
3.00%

Pre-tax pension and other post-retirement benefit expenses recognized in net earnings were as 
follows: 

Service cost
Net interest expense 
Remeasurements
Settlement charge

$        

$        

2021
15,773
3,120
(229)
5,032
23,696

2020
16,598
3,893
936
-
21,427

$        

$        

In October 2021, an annuity purchase transaction was entered into in which the defined benefit 
obligations  associated  with  retired  plan  members  were  assumed  by  a  third-party  insurer,  in 
exchange  for  a  lump-sum  payment  of  $221  million  from  plan  assets.  A  settlement  charge  of 
$5.0 million in connection with this transaction was recorded in selling, general and administrative 
expenses. Toromont considers, for accounting purposes, that this buy-out transaction essentially 
eliminates  any  further  legal  or  constructive  obligations  for  benefits,  and  that  a  settlement  has 
occurred. Following the transaction, benefits for plan participants are protected under Assuris, the 
life  insurance  compensation  association  designated  under  the  Insurance  Companies  Act  of 
Canada.   Toromont  considers  the  combined  risk  of  a)  the  insurer  going  bankrupt  and  b)  that 
Toromont would be responsible for paying the portion of pensions not covered by Assuris should 
the insurer go bankrupt, remote. 

Pre-tax amounts recognized in OCI were as follows: 

Actuarial (losses) gains arising from experience adjustments
Actuarial gains arising from demographic assumptions
Actuarial (gains) losses arising from changes in financial assumptions
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest expense)
Effect of asset ceiling limit

$         

$          

2021
(7,091)
-
(52,443)
(14,379)
5,999
(67,914)

2020
4,791
(5,149)
50,413
(34,842)
-
15,213

$       

$        

The Company’s pension plans actual weighted average asset allocations by asset category were 
as follows: 

Debt securities
Equity securities
Real estate assets
Cash and cash equivalents

2021
38.5%
42.8%
15.5%
3.2%

2020
48.2%
42.7%
9.1%
0.0%

The fair values of the plan assets were determined based on the following methods: 

•  Equity securities – generally quoted market prices in active markets. 
•  Debt securities – generally quoted market prices in active markets. 

42 

88

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
            
            
              
               
            
                   
                   
           
         
          
         
         
            
                   
Discount rate

Expected rate of salary increase

follows: 

Service cost

Net interest expense 

Remeasurements

Settlement charge

Pre-tax pension and other post-retirement benefit expenses recognized in net earnings were as 

$        

15,773

$        

16,598

2021

3,120

(229)

5,032

2020

3,893

936

-

$        

23,696

$        

21,427

In October 2021, an annuity purchase transaction was entered into in which the defined benefit 

obligations  associated  with  retired  plan  members  were  assumed  by  a  third-party  insurer,  in 

exchange  for  a  lump-sum  payment  of  $221  million  from  plan  assets.  A  settlement  charge  of 

$5.0 million in connection with this transaction was recorded in selling, general and administrative 

expenses. Toromont considers, for accounting purposes, that this buy-out transaction essentially 

eliminates  any  further  legal  or  constructive  obligations  for  benefits,  and  that  a  settlement  has 

occurred. Following the transaction, benefits for plan participants are protected under Assuris, the 

life  insurance  compensation  association  designated  under  the  Insurance  Companies  Act  of 

Canada.   Toromont  considers  the  combined  risk  of  a)  the  insurer  going  bankrupt  and  b)  that 

Toromont would be responsible for paying the portion of pensions not covered by Assuris should 

the insurer go bankrupt, remote. 

Pre-tax amounts recognized in OCI were as follows: 

Actuarial (losses) gains arising from experience adjustments

Actuarial gains arising from demographic assumptions

Actuarial (gains) losses arising from changes in financial assumptions

Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest expense)

Effect of asset ceiling limit

The Company’s pension plans actual weighted average asset allocations by asset category were 

2021

2020

$         

(7,091)

$          

4,791

-

(52,443)

(14,379)

5,999

(5,149)

50,413

(34,842)

-

$       

(67,914)

$        

15,213

2021

38.5%

42.8%

15.5%

3.2%

2020

48.2%

42.7%

9.1%

0.0%

as follows: 

Debt securities

Equity securities

Real estate assets

Cash and cash equivalents

The fair values of the plan assets were determined based on the following methods: 

•  Equity securities – generally quoted market prices in active markets. 

•  Debt securities – generally quoted market prices in active markets. 

2021

3.05%

3.00%

2020

2.56%

3.00%

•  Real estate assets – infrastructure valued based on appraisals performed by a qualified 

external appraiser. 

•  Cash and cash equivalents – generally recorded at cost, which approximates fair value. 

The actual return on plan assets for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $26.0 million  
(2020 - $48.6 million). 

The  Company  expects  to  contribute  $28.0  million  to  pension  and  other  benefit  plans  in  2022, 
inclusive of defined contribution plans.  

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit plan obligations at December 31, 2021 was 
19.8 years (2020 - 17.3 years).  

Sensitivity Analysis 

Significant actuarial assumptions for the determination of the defined benefit obligations (“DBO”) 
are discount rate and life expectancy. The sensitivity analyses have been determined based on 
reasonably possible changes of the respective assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting 
period, while holding all other assumptions constant. 

As at December 31, 2021, the following quantitative analysis shows changes to the significant 
actuarial assumptions and the corresponding impact to the DBO: 

Actuarial Assumption

Sensitivity

Increase (Decrease) in DBO
Other Post-
retirement 
Benefit Plans

Pension 
Benefit Plans

Total

Period end discount rate

1% increase
1% decrease

$         
$          

(68,748)
78,345

$           
$            

(1,976)
2,384

$         
$          

(70,724)
80,729

Mortality

Increase of 1 year in 
expected lifetime of plan 
participants

$            

6,871

$              

(327)

$            

6,544

Trend rate

1% increase

NA

$            

1,413

$            

1,413

The sensitivity analysis presented above may not be representative of the actual change in the 
DBO as it is unlikely that the change in assumptions would occur in isolation of one another as 
some of the assumptions may be correlated. 

20. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT  

The Company defines capital as the aggregate of shareholders’ equity and long-term debt, less 
cash.  

The Company’s capital management framework is designed to maintain a flexible capital structure 
that allows for optimization of the cost of capital at acceptable risk while balancing the interests 
of both equity and debt holders. 

42 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the year ended December 31, 2021 

43 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

89

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
            
            
              
               
            
                   
                   
           
         
          
         
         
            
                   
The Company generally targets a net debt to total capitalization ratio of 33%, although there is a 
degree of variability associated with the timing of cash flows. Also, if appropriate opportunities are 
identified,  the  Company  is  prepared  to  significantly  increase  this  ratio  depending  upon  the 
opportunity.  

The Company’s capital management criteria can be illustrated as follows: 

Long-term debt
Less : Cash 

Net debt

Shareholders' equity 
Total capitalization

Net debt as a % of total capitalization
Net debt to equity ratio

$           

2021
646,337
916,830
(270,493)

$         

2020
646,299
591,128
55,171

1,953,329
1,682,836

$        

1,698,652
1,753,823

$      

-16%
-0.14:1

3%
0.03:1

The  Company  is  subject  to  minimum  capital  requirements  relating  to  bank  credit  facilities  and 
senior debentures. The Company has met these minimum requirements during the years ended 
December 31, 2021 and 2020. 

There  were  no  changes  in  the  Company’s  approach  to  capital  management  during  the  years 
ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. 

21. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION  

2021

2020

Net change in non-cash working capital and other

Accounts receivable
Inventories
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Provisions
Deferred revenues and contract liabilities
Income taxes
Derivative financial instruments
Other

Cash paid during the year for:

Interest
Income taxes

Cash received during the year for:

Interest
Income taxes

$            

89,636
7,983
(12,915)
(1,241)
61,458
(8,042)
(7,941)
384
129,322

$           

(16,528)
183,782
(224,655)
2,965
8,187
32,556
(325)
3,922

$           

(10,096)

$          

$            
$          

26,162
132,109

$            
$            

26,085
75,812

$              
$              

8,692
3,712

$              
$              

8,515
9,494

44 

90

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
             
          
            
            
          
        
                
            
             
           
               
                
              
                
               
              
               
                 
                   
                
$         

$         

$         

$         

$         

Total
645,471
828
646,299
38
646,337

A reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities was as follows:  

Long-term Debt
645,471
$         
828
646,299
38
646,337

Balance, January 1, 2020
Other
Balance, December 31, 2020
Other
Balance, December 31, 2021

Government Grants 

The Company generally targets a net debt to total capitalization ratio of 33%, although there is a 

degree of variability associated with the timing of cash flows. Also, if appropriate opportunities are 

identified,  the  Company  is  prepared  to  significantly  increase  this  ratio  depending  upon  the 

opportunity.  

The Company’s capital management criteria can be illustrated as follows: 

Long-term debt

Less : Cash 

Net debt

Shareholders' equity 

Total capitalization

Net debt as a % of total capitalization

Net debt to equity ratio

2021

2020

$           

646,337

$         

646,299

916,830

(270,493)

591,128

55,171

1,953,329

1,698,652

$        

1,682,836

$      

1,753,823

-16%

-0.14:1

3%

0.03:1

The  Company  is  subject  to  minimum  capital  requirements  relating  to  bank  credit  facilities  and 

senior debentures. The Company has met these minimum requirements during the years ended 

December 31, 2021 and 2020. 

There  were  no  changes  in  the  Company’s  approach  to  capital  management  during  the  years 

ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. 

21. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION  

Net change in non-cash working capital and other

Accounts receivable

Inventories

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Deferred revenues and contract liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

Provisions

Income taxes

Other

Interest

Income taxes

Interest

Income taxes

Cash paid during the year for:

Cash received during the year for:

2021

2020

$            

89,636

$           

(16,528)

7,983

(12,915)

(1,241)

61,458

(8,042)

(7,941)

384

183,782

(224,655)

2,965

8,187

32,556

(325)

3,922

$          

129,322

$           

(10,096)

$            

26,162

$            

26,085

$          

132,109

$            

75,812

$              

8,692

$              

8,515

$              

3,712

$              

9,494

No amounts were recognized under the Canada Emergency Wage Subsidy (“CEWS”) program 
in  2021.  During the  year  ended  December  31,  2020, the  Company  recognized  a  $12.7 million 
government grant under the CEWS program.   

22. COMMITMENTS  

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable leases as at December 31, 2021 were 
$7.8 million within one year, $11.4 million within two and five years and $0.4 million thereafter. 

23. SEGMENTED INFORMATION  

The Company has two reportable segments: the Equipment Group and CIMCO, each supported 
by the corporate office. These segments are strategic business units that offer different products 
and services, and each is managed separately. The corporate office provides finance, treasury, 
legal, human resources and other administrative support to the segments. The accounting policies 
of each of the reportable segments are the same as the significant accounting policies described 
in note 1. 

The operating segments are being reported based on the financial information provided to the 
Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  who  have  been  identified  as  the  Chief 
Operating  Decision  Makers  (“CODMs”)  in  monitoring  segment  performance  and  allocating 
resources  between  segments.  The  CODMs  assess  segment  performance  based  on  segment 
operating income, which is measured differently than income from operations in the consolidated 
financial  statements.  Corporate  overheads  are  allocated  to  the  segments  based  on  revenue. 
Income taxes, interest expense, interest and investment income are managed at a consolidated 
level and are not allocated to the reportable operating segments. Current income taxes, deferred 
income taxes and certain financial assets and liabilities are not allocated to the segments as they 
are also managed on a consolidated level.  

The  aggregation  of  the  operating  segments  is  based  on  the  economic  characteristics  of  the 
business  units.  These  business  units  are  considered  to  have  similar  economic  characteristics 
including  nature  of  products  and  services,  class  of  customers  and  markets  served  and  similar 
distribution models.  

No reportable segment is reliant on any single external customer. 

44 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the year ended December 31, 2021 

45 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

91

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                  
                  
                    
                    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
             
          
            
            
          
        
                
            
             
           
               
                
              
                
               
              
               
                 
                   
                
Equipment Group 

The Equipment Group comprises the following: 

•  Toromont  CAT  –  supplies,  rents  and  provides  product  support  services  for  specialized 

mobile equipment and industrial engines. 

•  Battlefield Equipment Rentals – The CAT Rental Store – supplies and rents specialized 

mobile equipment as well as specialty supplies and tools. 

•  Toromont Material Handling – supplies, rents and provides product support services for 

material handling lift trucks. 

•  AgWest  –  supplies  and  provides  product  support  services  for  specialized  mobile 

equipment to the agriculture industry. 

•  SITECH – supplies control systems for specialized mobile equipment. 
•  Toromont  Energy  –  develops  distributed  generators  and  combined  heat  and  power 

projects using Caterpillar engines. 

CIMCO 

Provides design, engineering, fabrication, installation, and product support services for industrial 
and recreational refrigeration systems.  

Corporate Office 

The corporate office does not meet the definition of a reportable operating segment as defined in 
IFRS 8 – Operating Segments, as it does not earn revenue. 

The following table sets forth information by segment: 

Years ended December 31

2021

2020

2021

2020

Equipment Group

CIMCO

Consolidated
2021

2020

Equipment/package sales
Rentals
Product support
Power generation
Total revenues

$ 

1,721,382
387,755
1,405,128
11,019
3,525,284

$ 

$ 

1,469,377
358,266
1,327,478
10,978
3,166,099

$ 

$    

$    

208,854
-
152,399
-
361,253

161,144
-
151,654
-
312,798

$ 

1,930,236
387,755
1,557,527
11,019
3,886,537

$ 

$  

$  

1,630,521
358,266
1,479,132
10,978
3,478,897

$    

$    

Operating income 

$    

450,950

$    

345,953

$     

24,987

$     

26,481

$    

475,937

$     

372,434

Interest expense
Interest and investment income
Income taxes
Net earnings

28,161
(9,027)
124,093
332,710

$    

29,981
(9,083)
96,621
254,915

$     

46 

92

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
                
                
     
       
   
   
     
     
   
    
       
       
                
                
       
         
       
         
        
         
     
         
Equipment Group 

The Equipment Group comprises the following: 

•  Toromont  CAT  –  supplies,  rents  and  provides  product  support  services  for  specialized 

mobile equipment and industrial engines. 

•  Battlefield Equipment Rentals – The CAT Rental Store – supplies and rents specialized 

mobile equipment as well as specialty supplies and tools. 

•  Toromont Material Handling – supplies, rents and provides product support services for 

•  AgWest  –  supplies  and  provides  product  support  services  for  specialized  mobile 

material handling lift trucks. 

equipment to the agriculture industry. 

•  SITECH – supplies control systems for specialized mobile equipment. 

•  Toromont  Energy  –  develops  distributed  generators  and  combined  heat  and  power 

projects using Caterpillar engines. 

Provides design, engineering, fabrication, installation, and product support services for industrial 

and recreational refrigeration systems.  

CIMCO 

Corporate Office 

The corporate office does not meet the definition of a reportable operating segment as defined in 

IFRS 8 – Operating Segments, as it does not earn revenue. 

The following table sets forth information by segment: 

Years ended December 31

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

Equipment Group

CIMCO

Consolidated

Equipment/package sales

$ 

1,721,382

$ 

1,469,377

$    

208,854

$    

161,144

$ 

1,930,236

$  

1,630,521

Rentals

Product support

Power generation

Total revenues

387,755

358,266

387,755

358,266

1,405,128

1,327,478

152,399

151,654

1,557,527

1,479,132

11,019

10,978

11,019

10,978

-

-

-

-

$ 

3,525,284

$ 

3,166,099

$    

361,253

$    

312,798

$ 

3,886,537

$  

3,478,897

Operating income 

$    

450,950

$    

345,953

$     

24,987

$     

26,481

$    

475,937

$     

372,434

Interest expense

Interest and investment income

Income taxes

Net earnings

28,161

(9,027)

124,093

29,981

(9,083)

96,621

$    

332,710

$     

254,915

Selected consolidated statements of financial position information: 

As at December 31
Identifiable assets
Corporate assets
Total assets

Identifiable liabilities
Corporate liabilities
Total liabilities

Equipment Group

CIMCO

2021
2,489,821

$ 

2020
2,563,391

$ 

2021
122,771

$    

2020
151,526

$    

$    

780,072

$    

742,550

$     

70,039

$    

107,143

Consolidated
2021
2,612,592
971,204
3,583,796

2020
2,714,917
631,875
3,346,792

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$    

850,111
780,356
1,630,467

$ 

$    

849,693
798,447
1,648,140

$ 

Capital expenditures, net

$    

114,653

$     

54,518

$     

21,729

$     

14,735

$    

136,382

$     

69,253

Depreciation expense

$    

147,482

$    

154,011

$       

6,736

$       

6,486

$    

154,218

$    

160,497

Operations are based in Canada and the United States. The following tables summarize the final 
destination of revenue to customers and the capital assets and goodwill held in each geographic 
segment: 

Years ended December 31
  Canada
  United States
  International
Revenues

As at December 31
  Canada
  United States
Capital assets and goodwill

$        

$        

2021
3,795,634
87,745
3,158
3,886,537

2020
3,396,536
80,710
1,651
3,478,897

$        

$        

2021
1,065,798
4,328
1,070,126

$        

$        

2020
1,051,965
4,509
1,056,474

$        

$        

24. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES 

Key Management Personnel Compensation 

Key  management  includes  the  Company’s  directors  and  named  executive  officers.  The 
remuneration of key management is determined by the Human Resources and Health and Safety 
Committee, having regard to the performance of the individual and Company and market trends. 
The compensation paid or payable to key management for employee and director services is shown 
below: 

Salaries
Stock options and DSU awards
Annual non-equity incentive based plan compensation
Pension costs
All other compensation

$              

$              

2021
3,378
2,516
3,200
640
150
9,884

2020
3,029
2,508
1,713
684
132
8,066

$              

$              

46 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the year ended December 31, 2021 

47 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

93

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
     
              
              
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                   
                   
                   
                   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
                
                
     
       
   
   
     
     
   
    
       
       
                
                
       
         
       
         
        
         
     
         
25. ECONOMIC RELATIONSHIP 

The  Company,  through  its  Equipment  Group,  sells  and  services  heavy  equipment  and  related 
parts. Distribution agreements are maintained with several equipment manufacturers, of which 
the most significant are with subsidiaries of Caterpillar Inc. The distribution and servicing of these 
products account for the major portion of the Equipment Group’s operations. Toromont has had 
a strong relationship with Caterpillar Inc. since inception in 1993. 

48 

94

Notes to the Consolidate Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Toromont Industries Ltd. 
 
 
 
25. ECONOMIC RELATIONSHIP 

Five-Year Financial Review

The  Company,  through  its  Equipment  Group,  sells  and  services  heavy  equipment  and  related 

parts. Distribution agreements are maintained with several equipment manufacturers, of which 

the most significant are with subsidiaries of Caterpillar Inc. The distribution and servicing of these 

products account for the major portion of the Equipment Group’s operations. Toromont has had 

a strong relationship with Caterpillar Inc. since inception in 1993. 

For the years ended December 31                                                  
($ thousands, except ratios and share data)

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017(1)

OPERATING RESULTS

Revenues
Net earnings
Net interest expense
Capital expenditures, net
Dividends declared 

FINANCIAL POSITION

Working capital
Capital assets
Total assets
Non-current portion of long-term debt
Shareholders' equity

FINANCIAL RATIOS

3,886,537
332,710
19,134
136,382
112,344

1,294,739
976,346
3,583,796
646,337
1,953,329

3,478,897
254,915
20,898
69,253
101,953

1,077,928
962,694
3,346,792
646,299
1,698,652

3,678,705
286,800
17,955
209,855
88,192

829,275
1,020,930
3,371,337
645,471
1,533,891

3,504,236
251,984
21,725
165,146
74,516

653,906
954,306
3,234,531
644,540
1,327,679

2,350,162
175,970
7,618
100,954
60,402

767,374
881,877
2,866,945
893,806
1,124,727

Working capital
Return on opening shareholders' equity (%)
Total debt, net of cash, to shareholders' equity

2.6:1
19.6
(.14):1

2.4:1
16.6
.03:1

1.8:1
21.4
.18:1

1.6:1
22.3
.23:1

2.1:1
19.3
.65:1

PER SHARE DATA ($)

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
Dividends declared
Book value (shareholders' equity)
Shares outstanding at year end 
Price range
  High 
  Low 
  Close
Notes

4.03
4.00
1.36
23.69
82,443,968

3.10
3.09
1.24
20.60
82,474,658

3.52
3.49
1.08
18.70
82,012,448

3.10
3.07
0.92
16.35
81,226,383

2.22
2.20
0.76
13.89
80,949,819

115.23
84.61
114.36

94.86
52.36
89.20

71.15
52.71
70.59

68.11
46.24
54.26

58.44
41.10
55.10

(1) The Company completed the acquisition of the businesses and net operating assets of the Hewitt Group of Companies on October 27, 2017 for $1.02 billion. 
Long-term debt and common shares were issued on October 27, 2017, to partially fund the aforementioned acquisition.  Refer to note 25 of the 2018 audited 
financial statements for more information.

48 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

for the year ended December 31, 2021 

Five-Year Financial Review

Toromont Industries Ltd.

95

 
 
 
 
Our Board of Directors

Richard G. Roy  

Chair of the Board 

Jeffrey S. Chisholm‡ 

Wayne S. Hill*  

*   Member of Audit 

Corporate Director  

Corporate Director 

(Director since 2018)

(Director since 2011),  

(Director since 1988)

Peter J. Blake‡* 

Corporate Director  

(Director since 2019), 

Chair, Human Resources 

and Health and Safety 

Committee

Chair, Environmental, Social 

Cathryn E. Cranston*‡ 

and Governance Committee

Corporate Director  

Ben D. Cherniavsky* 

Corporate Director  

(Director since 2013),  

Chair, Audit Committee

(Director since 2021) 

James W. Gill ‡ 

Corporate Director 

(Director since 2015)

Committee

  Member of Human 

Resources and Health 

and Safety Committee

Sharon L. Hodgson* 

Corporate Director 

‡   Member of 

(Director since 2019)

Environmental, Social 

and Governance 

Committee

Scott J. Medhurst  

President and Chief 

Executive Officer 

(Director since 2012)

Katherine A. Rethy‡ 

Corporate Director 

(Director since 2013)

Our Executive Operating Team

Scott J. Medhurst

David A. Malinauskas

Lynn M. Korbak

President and Chief

President,  

General Counsel and

Executive Officer

CIMCO Refrigeration

Corporate Secretary

Michael McMillan

Michael P. Cuddy

Jennifer J. Cochrane

Executive Vice President 

Vice President and  

Vice President, Finance

and Chief Financial Officer

Chief Information Officer

96

Toromont Industries Ltd.

Corporate Directory

Toromont Cat

3131 Highway 7 West

P.O. Box 5511

Concord, Ontario  L4K 1B7

T: 416.667.5511    F: 416.667.5555

5001 Trans-Canada Highway

Pointe-Claire, Québec  H9R 1B8

T: 514.630.3100    F: 514.630.9020

www.toromontcat.com

Battlefield Equipment Rentals

880 South Service Road

Stoney Creek, Ontario  L8E 5M7

T: 905.643.9410    F: 905.643.6008

www.battlefieldequipment.ca

Toromont Material Handling

425 Millway Avenue

Concord, Ontario  L4K 3V8

T: 905.669.6590    F: 416.661.1513

www.toromontmaterialhandling.com

AgWest Ltd.

Highway #1 West

P.O. Box 432

Elie, Manitoba  R0H 0H0

T: 204.353.3850    F: 877.353.2486

www.agwest.com

CIMCO Refrigeration

1551 Corporate Drive  

Burlington, Ontario  L7L 6E9

T: 416.465.7581

www.cimcorefrigeration.com

Annual Meeting

The Annual and Special Meeting of the Shareholders  

of Toromont Industries Ltd. will be held at 10:00 am 

(EDT) on Thursday, April 28, 2022.

Visit www.toromont.com for more details.

How to Get in Touch With Us

T: 416.667.5511    F: 416.667.5555

E-mail: investorrelations@toromont.com

How to Reach Our Transfer

Agent and Registrar

Investors are encouraged to contact TSX Trust Company 

(Canada) for information regarding their security holdings.

TSX Trust Company (Canada)

P.O. Box 700, Station B

Montréal, Québec  H3B 3K3

Toll-Free North America: 1.800.387.0825

Local: 416.682.3860

E-mail: shareholderinquiries@tmx.com

www.tsxtrust.com

Common Shares

Listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange  

Stock Symbol – TIH

Toromont’s 2021 Sustainability Report  

is available at: 

www.toromont.com/sustainability

Toromont Industries Ltd.
Corporate Office
3131 Highway 7 West
P.O. Box 5511
Concord, Ontario  L4K 1B7

www.toromont.com